MultiCell_withSecondaryGnb¶

network MultiCell_withSecondaryGnb

The two-cell version of SingleCell_withSecondaryGnb: two eNodeB masters, each paired over X2 with its own gNodeB secondary, and a further X2 link between the two masters. Both eNodeBs connect to the EPC PgwStandard, which faces a router and a server; neither gNodeB has a core-network link. numUe NrUe terminals attach, and numBgCells BackgroundCell cells can be added as interferers.

Usage diagram¶

Parameters¶

Name	Type	Default value	Description
numUe	int	1
numBgCells	int	0

Properties¶

Name	Value	Description
display	i=block/network2;bgb=1100,800;bgi=background/pisa

Unassigned submodule parameters¶

Name	Type	Default value	Description
channelControl.pMax	double	20mW	Maximum sending power used for this network (in mW)
channelControl.sat	double	-110dBm	Signal attenuation threshold (in dBm)
channelControl.alpha	double	2	Path loss coefficient
channelControl.carrierFrequency	double	2.4GHz	Base carrier frequency of all the channels (in Hz)
channelControl.numChannels	int	1	Number of radio channels (frequencies)
routingRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
routingRecorder ↗.enabled	bool	true
routingRecorder ↗.logfile	string	“${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}.rt”
configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
configurator ↗.minLinkWeight	double	1E-3
configurator ↗.configureIsolatedNetworksSeparatly	bool	false
configurator ↗.config	xml	xml(“<config><interface hosts=’**’ address=’10.x.x.x’ netmask=’255.x.x.x’/></config>”)	XML configuration parameters for IP address assignment and adding manual routes
configurator ↗.assignAddresses	bool	true	Assign IP addresses to all interfaces in the network
configurator ↗.assignUniqueAddresses	bool	true	Avoid using the same address and raise an error if not possible
configurator ↗.assignDisjunctSubnetAddresses	bool	true	Avoid using the same address prefix and netmask on different links when assigning IP addresses to interfaces
configurator ↗.addStaticRoutes	bool	true	Add static routes to the routing tables of all nodes to route to all destination interfaces (only where applicable; turn off when config file contains manual routes)
configurator ↗.addDefaultRoutes	bool	true	Add default routes if all routes from a source node go through the same gateway (used only if addStaticRoutes is true)
configurator ↗.addSubnetRoutes	bool	true	Add subnet routes instead of destination interface routes (only where applicable; used only if addStaticRoutes is true)
configurator ↗.addDirectRoutes	bool	true	Add direct routes towards local network members (i.e. directly connected interfaces) to the routing table (used only if addStaticRoutes is true)
configurator ↗.addRemoteRoutes	bool	true	Add routes towards remote (non-directly-connected) destinations via a gateway (used only if addStaticRoutes is true)
configurator ↗.optimizeRoutes	bool	true	Optimize routing tables by merging routes, the resulting routing table might route more packets than the original (used only if addStaticRoutes is true)
configurator ↗.addManualRoutes	bool	true	Add manual routes from the XML configuration; independent of addStaticRoutes
configurator ↗.updateRoutes	bool	false	Recalculate static routes if an interface goes down/up or a carrier is lost/back
configurator ↗.dumpTopology	bool	false	Print extracted network topology to the module output
configurator ↗.dumpLinks	bool	false	Print recognized network links to the module output
configurator ↗.dumpAddresses	bool	false	Print assigned IP addresses for all interfaces to the module output
configurator ↗.dumpRoutes	bool	false	Print configured and optimized routing tables for all nodes to the module output
configurator ↗.dumpConfig	string	“”	Write configuration into the given config file that can be fed back to speed up subsequent runs (network configurations)
binder.blerShift	int	0
binder.maxDataRatePerRb	double	1.16Mbps
binder.printTrafficGeneratorConfig	bool	false
coreControl.binderModule	string	“binder”
coreControl.bearerConfiguratorModule	string	“bearerConfigurator”
bearerConfigurator.binderModule	string	“binder”
bearerConfigurator.staticDrbs	object	[]	JSON array: [{coreNetwork, ue, drbId, profile, mappedQfis, filters, lcg, rlcMode, legs, isDefault, suppressSdapHeader, rohc, gbr, packetDelayBudget, packetErrorRate, qosPriorityLevel}, …]; see banner comment for details
bearerConfigurator.onDemandDrbs	object	[ // JSON array, staticDrbs schema minus “drbId” (and “ue” optional): bearers created when traffic first matches them; the default value lets both stack kinds run unauthored; see banner comment for details {coreNetwork: “epc”, filters: [“VoIP”], lcg: 0, rlcMode: “UM”}, {coreNetwork: “epc”, filters: [“gaming”], lcg: 2, rlcMode: “UM”}, {coreNetwork: “epc”, filters: [“VoDPacket”, “VoDFinishPacket”], lcg: 1, rlcMode: “UM”}, {coreNetwork: “epc”, isDefault: true, lcg: 3, rlcMode: “UM”}, {coreNetwork: “5gc”, isDefault: true, suppressSdapHeader: true, lcg: 3, rlcMode: “UM”} ]
bearerConfigurator.drbProfiles	object	{}	JSON map of named field groups referenced by the staticDrbs entries’ “profile” field, e.g. {voice: {rlcMode: “UM”, gbr: true, …}, …}; see banner comment
bearerConfigurator.dlQfiRules	object	[{dscpAsQfi: true}]	JSON array of downlink QFI-assignment rules [{node, filter, qfi\|dscpAsQfi}, …], delivered to the traffic flow filters at core-network tunnel entries; first match wins per site
bearerConfigurator.ulQfiRules	object	[]	JSON array of uplink QFI-assignment rules [{ue, filter, qfi\|dscpAsQfi}, …], delivered to the UEs’ QoS-flow classifiers; [] = classify nothing
bearerConfigurator.amPerThreshold	double	1e-4	rlcMode derivation: a definition whose QoS profile has packetErrorRate <= this gets “AM”, else “UM”
bearerConfigurator.lcgPriorityBounds	object	[25, 50, 75]	Lcg derivation: qosPriorityLevel < bounds[k] -> LCG k, else LCG 3; strictly ascending, one bound between each pair of adjacent LCGs
bearerConfigurator.rohcForDrbProfiles	object	[“5qi-1”, “qci-1”]	Header compression policy: definitions naming one of these profiles get “rohc: true” unless they state rohc themselves, on IP sessions; default: the voice bearers
carrierAggregation.componentCarrier.binderModule	string	“binder”
carrierAggregation.componentCarrier.carrierFrequency	double	2GHz	Carrier Frequency (GHz)
carrierAggregation.componentCarrier.numBands	int	6	Number of bands for this channel
carrierAggregation.componentCarrier.numerologyIndex	int	0	Numerology index
carrierAggregation.componentCarrier.useTdd	bool	false	TDD slot format index values in the range [0,61], according to 3GPP TS38.213 THIS IS TO BE DONE int tddSlotFormatIndex = default(-1); // -1 stands for FDD
carrierAggregation.componentCarrier.tddNumSymbolsDl	int	7
carrierAggregation.componentCarrier.tddNumSymbolsUl	int	7
server ↗.status ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{stateStr}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.status ↗.initialStatus	string	“UP”	Initial status of the network node
server ↗.environment ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.environment ↗.initStage	int	0	Initialization stage for the setup command
server ↗.environment ↗.globalNamespace	bool	false	Create new network namespaces under /var/run/netns/ (Linux only)
server ↗.environment ↗.namespace	string	“”	Name of the host OS network namespace (optional) (Linux only)
server ↗.environment ↗.setupCommand	string	“”	A host OS system command
server ↗.environment ↗.teardownCommand	string	“”	A host OS system command
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.moduleNamePatterns	string	“wlan[] eth[] ppp[*]”	Space-separated list of sibling module names to listen on
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
server ↗.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInterfaces} interfaces”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses	bool	false	Whether to display IP addresses on links
server ↗.cb ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.cb ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
server ↗.cb ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.cb ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.cb ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
server ↗.cb ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
server ↗.cb ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
server ↗.bl ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.bl ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
server ↗.bl ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.bl ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.bl ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
server ↗.bl ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
server ↗.bl ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
server ↗.ethernet ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“passed up: {totalFromMAC}\nsent: {totalFromHigherLayer}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ethernet ↗.registerProtocol	bool	false	FIXME //KLUDGE should redesign place of EthernetEncapsulation and LLC modules
server ↗.ethernet ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ethernet ↗.fcsMode	string	“declared”
server ↗.ethernet ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after the lifecycle stop operation has finished
server ↗.ethernet ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for the lifecycle stop operation
server ↗.li ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.li ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
server ↗.li ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.li ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.li ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
server ↗.li ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
server ↗.li ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
server ↗.lo ↗.lo ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rcv:{numRcvdOK} snt:{numSent}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.lo ↗.lo ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.lo ↗.lo ↗.mtu	int	4470B
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
server ↗.wlan ↗.mib ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“Address: {address}{ssidStr}\n{modeStr}{stationTypeStr}{qosStr}{associatedStr}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.mibModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.activeScan	bool	true	Selects between active and passive scanning
server ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.channelsToScan	string	“”	List of channel numbers to scan (space delimited); empty means all channels
server ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.probeDelay	double	100ms	Delay before sending a probe request during active scanning
server ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.minChannelTime	double	150ms	Min interval to spend on a channel during active scanning
server ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.maxChannelTime	double	300ms	Channel time for passive scanning, and max channel time for active scanning
server ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.authenticationTimeout	double	5s	Timeout for the authentication procedure
server ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.associationTimeout	double	5s	Timeout for the association procedure
server ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.startingTime	double	-1s	Agent starting time.
server ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.defaultSsid	string	“”	List of allowed SSIDs to connect to; leave empty for no filtering
server ↗.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.numChannels	int	1	Number of channels to scan
server ↗.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.mibModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.macModule	string		The path to the MAC module
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity	int	100	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInProgress} packets”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule	string	“^.pendingQueue”
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule	string	“^.^.originatorMacDataService”
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule	string	“^.^.ackHandler”
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{fsmState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy	bool	true	Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization	bool	true	We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold	int	1500B
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth	double	nan Hz	Unspecified by default
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams	int	-1	Unspecified by default
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit	int	7
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit	int	4
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout	double	-1s
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout	double	-1s
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold	int	2346B
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity	int	100	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInProgress} packets”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule	string	“^.pendingQueue”
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule	string	“^.^.^.originatorMacDataService”
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule	string	“^.ackHandler”
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{fsmState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy	bool	true	Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization	bool	true	We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.txopLimit	double	-1s
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit	int	7
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit	int	4
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.collisionController ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit	int	7
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit	int	4
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.hcca ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.subframeNumThreshold	int	-1	Minimum number of subframes needed to compose an A-MSDU. (-1 means it won’t be checked)
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.aggregationLengthThreshold	int	-1	The minimum length for an aggregated payload necessary to create an A-MSDU (-1 means it won’t be checked).
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.maxAMsduSize	int	4065	-1 means infinity
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.qOsCheck	bool	true	Turns on/off the check of the presence of the QoS flag (false means off – this is needed for aggregation in DCF mode).
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.mpduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold	int	1500B
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseBlockAckFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth	double	nan Hz	Unspecified by default
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams	int	-1	Unspecified by default
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckReqThreshold	int	5
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.maxBlockAckPolicyFrameLength	int	1000B
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeout	double	-1s
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout	double	-1s
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout	double	-1s
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold	int	2346B
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported	bool	false
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported	bool	true
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize	int	64
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue	double	0s	0 means that it depends on the originator
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported	bool	false
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported	bool	true
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize	int	64
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue	double	0s	0 means that it depends on the originator
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.ds ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.ds ↗.mibModule	string
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.rx ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{rxStatus}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.tx ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{txFramePrefix}{txState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.tx ↗.rxModule	string
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
server ↗.ppp ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ppp ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
server ↗.ppp ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
server ↗.ppp ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
server ↗.ppp ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
server ↗.ppp ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
server ↗.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
server ↗.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
server ↗.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
server ↗.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
server ↗.tun ↗.tun ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.tun ↗.tun ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.tun ↗.tun ↗.mtu	int	1500B
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
server ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
server ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.realInterface	string
server ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.protocol	string	vlanId != -1 ? “ieee8021qctag” : “”
server ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.address	string	“copy”
server ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.vlanId	int	-1
server ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.steal	bool	vlanId != -1
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“configurator”	The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true	Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module)
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{routingTableStatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId	string	“auto”	For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes	string	“*”	Maintain netmask routes for interfaces
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	true	Turns IP forwarding on/off
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false	Turns multicast forwarding on/off
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile	string	“”	Routing table file name
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numNatEntries} entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config	xml	xml(“<config></config>”)	XML configuration parameters for network address translation
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.enabled	bool	true
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryInterval	double	125s
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.groupMembershipInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.otherQuerierPresentInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2)
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryInterval	double	1s
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.quoteLength	int	8B	Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv4StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.routingTableModule	string
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.arpModule	string
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.icmpModule	string
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.timeToLive	int	32
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.multicastTimeToLive	int	32
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.fragmentTimeout	double	60s
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.limitedBroadcast	bool	false	Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.directBroadcastInterfaces	string	“”	List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces)
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableLocalOutMulticastRouting	bool	false	Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableTimestampOption	bool	false	When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.maxLifetime	double	-1s	Packets older than the limit are discarded
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.routingTableModule	string
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryTimeout	double	1s	Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryCount	int	3	Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.cacheTimeout	double	120s	Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.proxyArpInterfaces	string	“*”	List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default)
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocol	string	“ipv4”	address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer)
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“”	The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes	xml	xml(“<routingTable/>”)
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	false
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter	bool	this.forwarding
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag	bool	false	“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag	bool	false	“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu	int	1280	MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include)
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit	int	30	Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified)
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime	double	-1s	Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval)
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.mldModule	string	“”	Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module	string
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module	string
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule	string
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs	double	200s	RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval)
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs	double	600s	RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime	double	3600s	advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits	int	1	RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD)
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad	bool	false	RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement	bool	true	if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements)
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer	double	1s	RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime	double	30s	RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime	double	uniform(0s, 0.3s)	random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime	double	uniform(0.4s, 1s)	random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv6StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTableModule	string
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6Module	string
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.procDelay	double	0s
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.sendRedirects	bool	true	RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm.
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingUpdateListModule	string
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingCacheModule	string
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isHomeAgent	bool
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isMobileNode	bool
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxHaBindingLifeTime	double	3600s	max binding lifetime for HA registration
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxRrBindingLifeTime	double	420s	max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization)
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.useRouteOptimization	bool	true	whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.buList ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string		path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isLocalMobilityAnchor	bool	false	(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically)
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isMobileAccessGateway	bool	false
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.localMobilityAnchorAddress	string	“”	MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.mobileNodeProfiles	xml	xml(“<mobileNodes/>”)	MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface)
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.bindingLifetime	double	3600s	lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvValidLifetime	double	3600s	MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvPreferredLifetime	double	1800s	MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.routingTableModule	string		path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”	how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.enabled	bool	true	when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above)
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s	host: delay before the repeated Report after a join
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryInterval	double	125s	querier: interval between periodic General Queries
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s	querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.multicastListenerInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval	querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV)
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4	querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV)
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryInterval	double	1s	querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV)
server ↗.nl ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.nl ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
server ↗.nl ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.nl ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.nl ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
server ↗.nl ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
server ↗.nl ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
server ↗.udp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.udp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
server ↗.udp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
server ↗.udp ↗.defaultMulticastLoop	bool	true
server ↗.tcp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.tcp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
server ↗.tcp ↗.advertisedWindow	int	14 * this.mss	In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size)
server ↗.tcp ↗.delayedAcksEnabled	bool	false	Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled
server ↗.tcp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true	Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled
server ↗.tcp ↗.limitedTransmitEnabled	bool	false	Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl)
server ↗.tcp ↗.increasedIWEnabled	bool	false	Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled
server ↗.tcp ↗.sackSupport	bool	false	Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
server ↗.tcp ↗.windowScalingSupport	bool	false	Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
server ↗.tcp ↗.windowScalingFactor	int	-1	Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits)
server ↗.tcp ↗.timestampSupport	bool	false	Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
server ↗.tcp ↗.mss	int	536	Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122.
server ↗.tcp ↗.msl	int	120s	Maximum Segment Lifetime
server ↗.tcp ↗.tcpAlgorithmClass	string	“TcpReno”
server ↗.tcp ↗.dupthresh	int	3	Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing
server ↗.tcp ↗.initialSsthresh	int	0xFFFFFFFF	Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit…
server ↗.tcp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	0s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
server ↗.tcp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
server ↗.tcp ↗.ecnWillingness	bool	false	True if willing to use ECN
server ↗.tcp ↗.dctcpGamma	double	0.0625	A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2)
server ↗.tcp ↗.pmtudEnabled	bool	false	Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled
server ↗.tcp ↗.pmtudTimeout	double	600s	Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3)
server ↗.sctp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.sctp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
server ↗.sctp ↗.routingTableModule	string
server ↗.sctp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
server ↗.sctp ↗.numGapReports	int	3
server ↗.sctp ↗.rtoInitial	double	3s
server ↗.sctp ↗.rtoMin	double	1s
server ↗.sctp ↗.rtoMax	double	60s
server ↗.sctp ↗.rtoAlpha	double	0.125
server ↗.sctp ↗.rtoBeta	double	0.250
server ↗.sctp ↗.maxBurst	int	4
server ↗.sctp ↗.maxBurstVariant	string	“maxBurst”
server ↗.sctp ↗.initialWindow	int	0
server ↗.sctp ↗.assocMaxRetrans	int	10
server ↗.sctp ↗.pathMaxRetrans	int	5
server ↗.sctp ↗.maxInitRetrans	int	8
server ↗.sctp ↗.sackPeriod	double	200ms
server ↗.sctp ↗.sackFrequency	int	2
server ↗.sctp ↗.reactivatePrimaryPath	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.sendQueueLimit	int	0
server ↗.sctp ↗.validCookieLifetime	double	10s
server ↗.sctp ↗.enableHeartbeats	bool	true
server ↗.sctp ↗.hbInterval	double	30s
server ↗.sctp ↗.sendHeartbeatsOnActivePaths	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true
server ↗.sctp ↗.naglePoint	int	1468
server ↗.sctp ↗.fragPoint	int	1452	Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment
server ↗.sctp ↗.fastRecoverySupported	bool	true
server ↗.sctp ↗.sctpAlgorithmClass	string	“SctpAlg”
server ↗.sctp ↗.ccModule	int	0	RFC4960=0
server ↗.sctp ↗.osbWithHeader	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.RTXMethod	int	0	0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks
server ↗.sctp ↗.ssModule	int	0	ROUND_ROBIN=0
server ↗.sctp ↗.arwnd	int	65535
server ↗.sctp ↗.swsLimit	int	3000	Limit for SWS
server ↗.sctp ↗.udpEncapsEnabled	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.natFriendly	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerRcvdChunk	int	0	For flow control
server ↗.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerPeerChunk	int	0	For flow control
server ↗.sctp ↗.tellArwnd	bool	false	For flow control
server ↗.sctp ↗.messageAcceptLimit	int	0	For flow control
server ↗.sctp ↗.fairStart	double	0s
server ↗.sctp ↗.fairStop	double	0s
server ↗.sctp ↗.streamsToPaths	string	“”
server ↗.sctp ↗.startEndToEndDelay	int	0
server ↗.sctp ↗.stopEndToEndDelay	int	10
server ↗.sctp ↗.throughputInterval	double	1
server ↗.sctp ↗.auth	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.chunks	string	“”
server ↗.sctp ↗.padding	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.addIP	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.addTime	double	0s
server ↗.sctp ↗.addAddress	string	“”
server ↗.sctp ↗.addIpType	string	“0”	SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154
server ↗.sctp ↗.packetDrop	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.sackNow	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.highSpeedCC	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.checkSackSeqNumber	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.nrSack	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.disableReneging	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.gapReportLimit	int	100000000
server ↗.sctp ↗.gapListOptimizationVariant	string	“none”
server ↗.sctp ↗.smartOverfullSACKHandling	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.allowQoSTracking	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.qosTrackingInterval	double	1.0s
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtSendAllVariant	string	“normal”
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtRetransmissionVariant	string	“normal”
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtCUCVariant	string	“normal”
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplitVariant	string	“none”
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplittingUsesOSB	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtUseSFR	bool	true
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtUseDAC	bool	true
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtUseFRC	bool	true
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtSmartT3Reset	bool	true
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtSmartFastRTX	bool	true
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtSmartReneging	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtSlowPathRTTUpdate	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingVariant	string	“none”
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingThreshold	double	0.5
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtMovedChunksReduceCwnd	bool	true
server ↗.sctp ↗.movedChunkFastRTXFactor	double	2.0
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtSackPath	string	“standard”
server ↗.sctp ↗.strictCwndBooking	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtCCVariant	string	“off”	CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf
server ↗.sctp ↗.cmtCCPathGroups	string	“”
server ↗.sctp ↗.rpPathBlocking	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.rpScaleBlockingTimeout	bool	false
server ↗.sctp ↗.rpMinCwnd	int	1
server ↗.quic ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.quic ↗.routingTableModule	string		Set by StandardHost.
server ↗.quic ↗.sendZeroRttTokenAsServer	bool	false
server ↗.quic ↗.congestionControl	string	“NewReno”	Sets the congestion control algorithm (NewReno or No).
server ↗.quic ↗.accurateIncreaseInNewRenoCongestionAvoidance	bool	true	For NewReno in Congestion Avoidance, if true, increases cwnd after cwnd-acked bytes; if false, increases cwnd on every acked packet by acked_bytes/cwnd.
server ↗.quic ↗.sendQueueLimit	int	64MB	Sets the limit of the send queue in bytes.
server ↗.quic ↗.sendQueueLowWaterRatio	double	.4	Defines the send queue low water mark relative to the limit.
server ↗.quic ↗.initialMaxData	int	15MB	Connection level flow control credit. Used as own and peer’s value.
server ↗.quic ↗.initialMaxStreamData	int	6MB	Stream level flow control credit for any stream (unidirectional, bidirectional local and remote). Used as own and peer’s value.
server ↗.quic ↗.maxDataFrameThreshold	double	0.5*initialMaxData	Defines when MaxDataFrame in ConnectionFlowControl will be send.
server ↗.quic ↗.maxStreamDataFrameThreshold	double	0.5*initialMaxStreamData	Defines when MaxStreamDataFrame in StreamFlowControl will be send.
server ↗.quic ↗.roundConsumedDataValue	bool	false	If true, FlowControlResponder rounds consumedData in streamRcvBuffer to the next packetSize.
server ↗.quic ↗.sendMaxDataFramesImmediately	bool	false	If true, a MAX_(STREAM)_DATA frame is sent immediately, after generation. Otherwise, sending the frame is delayed until the sending process starts due to another event.
server ↗.quic ↗.bundleAckForNonAckElicitingPackets	bool	false	If true, bundles ack for non-ack-eliciting packets in an outgoing packet.
server ↗.quic ↗.numReceivedAckElicitingsBeforeAck	int	2	Number of ack eliciting packets a receiver waits for, before it sends an ACK, immediately.
server ↗.quic ↗.useIBit	bool	false	If true, an ACK frame is sent immediately upon an ack-eliciting packet with the I-Bit set.
server ↗.quic ↗.useDplpmtud	bool	false	If true, uses DPLPMTUD (RFC8899) to determine the PMTU.
server ↗.quic ↗.maxPmtu	int	65535B	With useDplpmtud, it is used as upper limit for the PMTU search. Without useDplpmtud, the PMTU is set to the minimum of the MTU of the outgoing interface and this value.
server ↗.quic ↗.dplpmtudMinPmtu	int	0	Specifies the minimum PMTU to use (if 0, it uses 1200 B for IPv4 or 1280 B for IPv6 as minimum PMTU).
server ↗.quic ↗.dplpmtudMaxProbes	int	3	Specifies the number of probe packet sent for one candidate before given up.
server ↗.quic ↗.dplpmtudUsePtb	bool	true	If true, uses ICMP Packet Too Big (PTB) messages for DPLPMTUD.
server ↗.quic ↗.dplpmtudCandidateSequence	string	“OptBinary”	Specifies the sequence of candidates used for the search algorithm of DPLPMTUD (Up, Down, OptUp, Binary, OptBinary, Jump).
server ↗.quic ↗.skipPacketNumberForDplpmtudProbePackets	bool	false	Specifies whether to skip a packet number for a DPLPMTUD probe packet in order to avoid ack delay.
server ↗.quic ↗.useCwndForParallelProbes	int	0	If 0, no parallel probe packets; if 1, uses the availbale cwnd to send additional probe packets and if 2 prefers to send probe packets over other packets.
server ↗.quic ↗.sendDataDuringInitalDplpmtudBase	bool	true	If false, waits for DPLPMTUD switching initially to SEARCH before start sending application data.
server ↗.quic ↗.dplpmtudUsePmtuValidator	bool	true	If true, activates the PMTU Validator that trys to detect when the current PMTU estimation is larger than the actual PMTU.
server ↗.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorLostPacketsThreshold	int	2	Specifies the number of lost data packets before assuming a decreased PMTU.
server ↗.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorTimeThreshold	double	-1s	Specifies the time threshold between two lost packets. If negative, pmtuValidatorSrttFactorThreshold is used instead.
server ↗.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorSrttFactorThreshold	int	1	If pmtuValidatorTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by SRTT is used instead.
server ↗.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorInvalidOnPersistentCongestion	int	1	If 0, disabled. If 1, the PMTU validator uses persistent congeation as signal for a decreased PMTU. If 2, only two consecutive persisten congestions used as signal. If 3, …
server ↗.quic ↗.reducePacketTimeThreshold	double	0s	Specifies after which time with no acks, packets with reduced size are sent. If zero, packet size reduction is disabled. If negative, reducePacketPtoFactorThreshold is used instead.
server ↗.quic ↗.reducePacketPtoFactorThreshold	int	3	If reducePacketTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by PTO is used instead.
server ↗.tn ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.tn ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
server ↗.tn ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.tn ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.tn ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
server ↗.tn ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
server ↗.tn ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
server ↗.at ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
server ↗.at ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
server ↗.at ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.at ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
server ↗.at ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
server ↗.at ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
server ↗.at ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
router ↗.status ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{stateStr}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.status ↗.initialStatus	string	“UP”	Initial status of the network node
router ↗.environment ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.environment ↗.initStage	int	0	Initialization stage for the setup command
router ↗.environment ↗.globalNamespace	bool	false	Create new network namespaces under /var/run/netns/ (Linux only)
router ↗.environment ↗.namespace	string	“”	Name of the host OS network namespace (optional) (Linux only)
router ↗.environment ↗.setupCommand	string	“”	A host OS system command
router ↗.environment ↗.teardownCommand	string	“”	A host OS system command
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.moduleNamePatterns	string	“wlan[] eth[] ppp[*]”	Space-separated list of sibling module names to listen on
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
router ↗.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInterfaces} interfaces”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses	bool	false	Whether to display IP addresses on links
router ↗.cb ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.cb ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
router ↗.cb ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.cb ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.cb ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
router ↗.cb ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
router ↗.cb ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
router ↗.bl ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.bl ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
router ↗.bl ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.bl ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.bl ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
router ↗.bl ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
router ↗.bl ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
router ↗.ethernet ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“passed up: {totalFromMAC}\nsent: {totalFromHigherLayer}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ethernet ↗.registerProtocol	bool	false	FIXME //KLUDGE should redesign place of EthernetEncapsulation and LLC modules
router ↗.ethernet ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ethernet ↗.fcsMode	string	“declared”
router ↗.ethernet ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after the lifecycle stop operation has finished
router ↗.ethernet ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for the lifecycle stop operation
router ↗.li ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.li ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
router ↗.li ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.li ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.li ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
router ↗.li ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
router ↗.li ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
router ↗.lo ↗.lo ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rcv:{numRcvdOK} snt:{numSent}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.lo ↗.lo ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.lo ↗.lo ↗.mtu	int	4470B
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
router ↗.wlan ↗.mib ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“Address: {address}{ssidStr}\n{modeStr}{stationTypeStr}{qosStr}{associatedStr}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.mibModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.activeScan	bool	true	Selects between active and passive scanning
router ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.channelsToScan	string	“”	List of channel numbers to scan (space delimited); empty means all channels
router ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.probeDelay	double	100ms	Delay before sending a probe request during active scanning
router ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.minChannelTime	double	150ms	Min interval to spend on a channel during active scanning
router ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.maxChannelTime	double	300ms	Channel time for passive scanning, and max channel time for active scanning
router ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.authenticationTimeout	double	5s	Timeout for the authentication procedure
router ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.associationTimeout	double	5s	Timeout for the association procedure
router ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.startingTime	double	-1s	Agent starting time.
router ↗.wlan ↗.agent ↗.defaultSsid	string	“”	List of allowed SSIDs to connect to; leave empty for no filtering
router ↗.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.numChannels	int	1	Number of channels to scan
router ↗.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.mibModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.macModule	string		The path to the MAC module
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity	int	100	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInProgress} packets”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule	string	“^.pendingQueue”
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule	string	“^.^.originatorMacDataService”
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule	string	“^.^.ackHandler”
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{fsmState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy	bool	true	Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization	bool	true	We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold	int	1500B
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth	double	nan Hz	Unspecified by default
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams	int	-1	Unspecified by default
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit	int	7
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit	int	4
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout	double	-1s
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout	double	-1s
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold	int	2346B
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity	int	100	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInProgress} packets”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule	string	“^.pendingQueue”
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule	string	“^.^.^.originatorMacDataService”
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule	string	“^.ackHandler”
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{fsmState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy	bool	true	Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization	bool	true	We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.txopLimit	double	-1s
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit	int	7
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit	int	4
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.collisionController ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit	int	7
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit	int	4
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.hcca ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.subframeNumThreshold	int	-1	Minimum number of subframes needed to compose an A-MSDU. (-1 means it won’t be checked)
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.aggregationLengthThreshold	int	-1	The minimum length for an aggregated payload necessary to create an A-MSDU (-1 means it won’t be checked).
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.maxAMsduSize	int	4065	-1 means infinity
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.qOsCheck	bool	true	Turns on/off the check of the presence of the QoS flag (false means off – this is needed for aggregation in DCF mode).
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.mpduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold	int	1500B
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseBlockAckFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth	double	nan Hz	Unspecified by default
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams	int	-1	Unspecified by default
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckReqThreshold	int	5
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.maxBlockAckPolicyFrameLength	int	1000B
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeout	double	-1s
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout	double	-1s
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout	double	-1s
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold	int	2346B
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported	bool	false
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported	bool	true
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize	int	64
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue	double	0s	0 means that it depends on the originator
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported	bool	false
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported	bool	true
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize	int	64
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue	double	0s	0 means that it depends on the originator
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.ds ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.ds ↗.mibModule	string
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.rx ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{rxStatus}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.tx ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{txFramePrefix}{txState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.tx ↗.rxModule	string
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
router ↗.ppp ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ppp ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
router ↗.ppp ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
router ↗.ppp ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
router ↗.ppp ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
router ↗.ppp ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
router ↗.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
router ↗.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
router ↗.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
router ↗.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
router ↗.tun ↗.tun ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.tun ↗.tun ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.tun ↗.tun ↗.mtu	int	1500B
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
router ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.realInterface	string
router ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.protocol	string	vlanId != -1 ? “ieee8021qctag” : “”
router ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.address	string	“copy”
router ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.vlanId	int	-1
router ↗.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.steal	bool	vlanId != -1
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“configurator”	The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true	Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module)
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{routingTableStatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId	string	“auto”	For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes	string	“*”	Maintain netmask routes for interfaces
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	true	Turns IP forwarding on/off
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false	Turns multicast forwarding on/off
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile	string	“”	Routing table file name
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numNatEntries} entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config	xml	xml(“<config></config>”)	XML configuration parameters for network address translation
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.enabled	bool	true
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryInterval	double	125s
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.groupMembershipInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.otherQuerierPresentInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2)
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryInterval	double	1s
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.quoteLength	int	8B	Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv4StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.arpModule	string
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.icmpModule	string
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.timeToLive	int	32
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.multicastTimeToLive	int	32
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.fragmentTimeout	double	60s
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.limitedBroadcast	bool	false	Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.directBroadcastInterfaces	string	“”	List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces)
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableLocalOutMulticastRouting	bool	false	Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableTimestampOption	bool	false	When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.maxLifetime	double	-1s	Packets older than the limit are discarded
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryTimeout	double	1s	Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryCount	int	3	Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.cacheTimeout	double	120s	Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.proxyArpInterfaces	string	“*”	List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default)
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocol	string	“ipv4”	address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer)
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“”	The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes	xml	xml(“<routingTable/>”)
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	false
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter	bool	this.forwarding
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag	bool	false	“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag	bool	false	“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu	int	1280	MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include)
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit	int	30	Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified)
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime	double	-1s	Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval)
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.mldModule	string	“”	Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module	string
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module	string
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs	double	200s	RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval)
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs	double	600s	RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime	double	3600s	advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits	int	1	RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD)
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad	bool	false	RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement	bool	true	if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements)
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer	double	1s	RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime	double	30s	RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime	double	uniform(0s, 0.3s)	random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime	double	uniform(0.4s, 1s)	random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv6StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6Module	string
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.procDelay	double	0s
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.sendRedirects	bool	true	RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm.
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingUpdateListModule	string
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingCacheModule	string
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isHomeAgent	bool
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isMobileNode	bool
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxHaBindingLifeTime	double	3600s	max binding lifetime for HA registration
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxRrBindingLifeTime	double	420s	max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization)
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.useRouteOptimization	bool	true	whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.buList ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string		path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isLocalMobilityAnchor	bool	false	(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically)
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isMobileAccessGateway	bool	false
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.localMobilityAnchorAddress	string	“”	MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.mobileNodeProfiles	xml	xml(“<mobileNodes/>”)	MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface)
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.bindingLifetime	double	3600s	lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvValidLifetime	double	3600s	MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvPreferredLifetime	double	1800s	MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.routingTableModule	string		path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”	how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.enabled	bool	true	when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above)
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s	host: delay before the repeated Report after a join
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryInterval	double	125s	querier: interval between periodic General Queries
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s	querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.multicastListenerInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval	querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV)
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4	querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV)
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryInterval	double	1s	querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV)
router ↗.nl ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.nl ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
router ↗.nl ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.nl ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.nl ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
router ↗.nl ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
router ↗.nl ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
router ↗.udp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.udp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.udp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
router ↗.udp ↗.defaultMulticastLoop	bool	true
router ↗.tcp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.tcp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
router ↗.tcp ↗.advertisedWindow	int	14 * this.mss	In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size)
router ↗.tcp ↗.delayedAcksEnabled	bool	false	Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled
router ↗.tcp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true	Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled
router ↗.tcp ↗.limitedTransmitEnabled	bool	false	Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl)
router ↗.tcp ↗.increasedIWEnabled	bool	false	Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled
router ↗.tcp ↗.sackSupport	bool	false	Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
router ↗.tcp ↗.windowScalingSupport	bool	false	Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
router ↗.tcp ↗.windowScalingFactor	int	-1	Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits)
router ↗.tcp ↗.timestampSupport	bool	false	Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
router ↗.tcp ↗.mss	int	536	Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122.
router ↗.tcp ↗.msl	int	120s	Maximum Segment Lifetime
router ↗.tcp ↗.tcpAlgorithmClass	string	“TcpReno”
router ↗.tcp ↗.dupthresh	int	3	Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing
router ↗.tcp ↗.initialSsthresh	int	0xFFFFFFFF	Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit…
router ↗.tcp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	0s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
router ↗.tcp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
router ↗.tcp ↗.ecnWillingness	bool	false	True if willing to use ECN
router ↗.tcp ↗.dctcpGamma	double	0.0625	A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2)
router ↗.tcp ↗.pmtudEnabled	bool	false	Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled
router ↗.tcp ↗.pmtudTimeout	double	600s	Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3)
router ↗.sctp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.sctp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.sctp ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.sctp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
router ↗.sctp ↗.numGapReports	int	3
router ↗.sctp ↗.rtoInitial	double	3s
router ↗.sctp ↗.rtoMin	double	1s
router ↗.sctp ↗.rtoMax	double	60s
router ↗.sctp ↗.rtoAlpha	double	0.125
router ↗.sctp ↗.rtoBeta	double	0.250
router ↗.sctp ↗.maxBurst	int	4
router ↗.sctp ↗.maxBurstVariant	string	“maxBurst”
router ↗.sctp ↗.initialWindow	int	0
router ↗.sctp ↗.assocMaxRetrans	int	10
router ↗.sctp ↗.pathMaxRetrans	int	5
router ↗.sctp ↗.maxInitRetrans	int	8
router ↗.sctp ↗.sackPeriod	double	200ms
router ↗.sctp ↗.sackFrequency	int	2
router ↗.sctp ↗.reactivatePrimaryPath	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.sendQueueLimit	int	0
router ↗.sctp ↗.validCookieLifetime	double	10s
router ↗.sctp ↗.enableHeartbeats	bool	true
router ↗.sctp ↗.hbInterval	double	30s
router ↗.sctp ↗.sendHeartbeatsOnActivePaths	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true
router ↗.sctp ↗.naglePoint	int	1468
router ↗.sctp ↗.fragPoint	int	1452	Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment
router ↗.sctp ↗.fastRecoverySupported	bool	true
router ↗.sctp ↗.sctpAlgorithmClass	string	“SctpAlg”
router ↗.sctp ↗.ccModule	int	0	RFC4960=0
router ↗.sctp ↗.osbWithHeader	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.RTXMethod	int	0	0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks
router ↗.sctp ↗.ssModule	int	0	ROUND_ROBIN=0
router ↗.sctp ↗.arwnd	int	65535
router ↗.sctp ↗.swsLimit	int	3000	Limit for SWS
router ↗.sctp ↗.udpEncapsEnabled	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.natFriendly	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerRcvdChunk	int	0	For flow control
router ↗.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerPeerChunk	int	0	For flow control
router ↗.sctp ↗.tellArwnd	bool	false	For flow control
router ↗.sctp ↗.messageAcceptLimit	int	0	For flow control
router ↗.sctp ↗.fairStart	double	0s
router ↗.sctp ↗.fairStop	double	0s
router ↗.sctp ↗.streamsToPaths	string	“”
router ↗.sctp ↗.startEndToEndDelay	int	0
router ↗.sctp ↗.stopEndToEndDelay	int	10
router ↗.sctp ↗.throughputInterval	double	1
router ↗.sctp ↗.auth	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.chunks	string	“”
router ↗.sctp ↗.padding	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.addIP	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.addTime	double	0s
router ↗.sctp ↗.addAddress	string	“”
router ↗.sctp ↗.addIpType	string	“0”	SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154
router ↗.sctp ↗.packetDrop	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.sackNow	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.highSpeedCC	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.checkSackSeqNumber	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.nrSack	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.disableReneging	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.gapReportLimit	int	100000000
router ↗.sctp ↗.gapListOptimizationVariant	string	“none”
router ↗.sctp ↗.smartOverfullSACKHandling	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.allowQoSTracking	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.qosTrackingInterval	double	1.0s
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtSendAllVariant	string	“normal”
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtRetransmissionVariant	string	“normal”
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtCUCVariant	string	“normal”
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplitVariant	string	“none”
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplittingUsesOSB	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtUseSFR	bool	true
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtUseDAC	bool	true
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtUseFRC	bool	true
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtSmartT3Reset	bool	true
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtSmartFastRTX	bool	true
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtSmartReneging	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtSlowPathRTTUpdate	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingVariant	string	“none”
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingThreshold	double	0.5
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtMovedChunksReduceCwnd	bool	true
router ↗.sctp ↗.movedChunkFastRTXFactor	double	2.0
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtSackPath	string	“standard”
router ↗.sctp ↗.strictCwndBooking	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtCCVariant	string	“off”	CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf
router ↗.sctp ↗.cmtCCPathGroups	string	“”
router ↗.sctp ↗.rpPathBlocking	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.rpScaleBlockingTimeout	bool	false
router ↗.sctp ↗.rpMinCwnd	int	1
router ↗.quic ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.quic ↗.routingTableModule	string		Set by StandardHost.
router ↗.quic ↗.sendZeroRttTokenAsServer	bool	false
router ↗.quic ↗.congestionControl	string	“NewReno”	Sets the congestion control algorithm (NewReno or No).
router ↗.quic ↗.accurateIncreaseInNewRenoCongestionAvoidance	bool	true	For NewReno in Congestion Avoidance, if true, increases cwnd after cwnd-acked bytes; if false, increases cwnd on every acked packet by acked_bytes/cwnd.
router ↗.quic ↗.sendQueueLimit	int	64MB	Sets the limit of the send queue in bytes.
router ↗.quic ↗.sendQueueLowWaterRatio	double	.4	Defines the send queue low water mark relative to the limit.
router ↗.quic ↗.initialMaxData	int	15MB	Connection level flow control credit. Used as own and peer’s value.
router ↗.quic ↗.initialMaxStreamData	int	6MB	Stream level flow control credit for any stream (unidirectional, bidirectional local and remote). Used as own and peer’s value.
router ↗.quic ↗.maxDataFrameThreshold	double	0.5*initialMaxData	Defines when MaxDataFrame in ConnectionFlowControl will be send.
router ↗.quic ↗.maxStreamDataFrameThreshold	double	0.5*initialMaxStreamData	Defines when MaxStreamDataFrame in StreamFlowControl will be send.
router ↗.quic ↗.roundConsumedDataValue	bool	false	If true, FlowControlResponder rounds consumedData in streamRcvBuffer to the next packetSize.
router ↗.quic ↗.sendMaxDataFramesImmediately	bool	false	If true, a MAX_(STREAM)_DATA frame is sent immediately, after generation. Otherwise, sending the frame is delayed until the sending process starts due to another event.
router ↗.quic ↗.bundleAckForNonAckElicitingPackets	bool	false	If true, bundles ack for non-ack-eliciting packets in an outgoing packet.
router ↗.quic ↗.numReceivedAckElicitingsBeforeAck	int	2	Number of ack eliciting packets a receiver waits for, before it sends an ACK, immediately.
router ↗.quic ↗.useIBit	bool	false	If true, an ACK frame is sent immediately upon an ack-eliciting packet with the I-Bit set.
router ↗.quic ↗.useDplpmtud	bool	false	If true, uses DPLPMTUD (RFC8899) to determine the PMTU.
router ↗.quic ↗.maxPmtu	int	65535B	With useDplpmtud, it is used as upper limit for the PMTU search. Without useDplpmtud, the PMTU is set to the minimum of the MTU of the outgoing interface and this value.
router ↗.quic ↗.dplpmtudMinPmtu	int	0	Specifies the minimum PMTU to use (if 0, it uses 1200 B for IPv4 or 1280 B for IPv6 as minimum PMTU).
router ↗.quic ↗.dplpmtudMaxProbes	int	3	Specifies the number of probe packet sent for one candidate before given up.
router ↗.quic ↗.dplpmtudUsePtb	bool	true	If true, uses ICMP Packet Too Big (PTB) messages for DPLPMTUD.
router ↗.quic ↗.dplpmtudCandidateSequence	string	“OptBinary”	Specifies the sequence of candidates used for the search algorithm of DPLPMTUD (Up, Down, OptUp, Binary, OptBinary, Jump).
router ↗.quic ↗.skipPacketNumberForDplpmtudProbePackets	bool	false	Specifies whether to skip a packet number for a DPLPMTUD probe packet in order to avoid ack delay.
router ↗.quic ↗.useCwndForParallelProbes	int	0	If 0, no parallel probe packets; if 1, uses the availbale cwnd to send additional probe packets and if 2 prefers to send probe packets over other packets.
router ↗.quic ↗.sendDataDuringInitalDplpmtudBase	bool	true	If false, waits for DPLPMTUD switching initially to SEARCH before start sending application data.
router ↗.quic ↗.dplpmtudUsePmtuValidator	bool	true	If true, activates the PMTU Validator that trys to detect when the current PMTU estimation is larger than the actual PMTU.
router ↗.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorLostPacketsThreshold	int	2	Specifies the number of lost data packets before assuming a decreased PMTU.
router ↗.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorTimeThreshold	double	-1s	Specifies the time threshold between two lost packets. If negative, pmtuValidatorSrttFactorThreshold is used instead.
router ↗.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorSrttFactorThreshold	int	1	If pmtuValidatorTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by SRTT is used instead.
router ↗.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorInvalidOnPersistentCongestion	int	1	If 0, disabled. If 1, the PMTU validator uses persistent congeation as signal for a decreased PMTU. If 2, only two consecutive persisten congestions used as signal. If 3, …
router ↗.quic ↗.reducePacketTimeThreshold	double	0s	Specifies after which time with no acks, packets with reduced size are sent. If zero, packet size reduction is disabled. If negative, reducePacketPtoFactorThreshold is used instead.
router ↗.quic ↗.reducePacketPtoFactorThreshold	int	3	If reducePacketTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by PTO is used instead.
router ↗.tn ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.tn ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
router ↗.tn ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.tn ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.tn ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
router ↗.tn ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
router ↗.tn ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
router ↗.at ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.at ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
router ↗.at ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.at ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
router ↗.at ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
router ↗.at ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
router ↗.at ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
router ↗.ospf ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.ospf ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.ospf ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.ospf ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
router ↗.ospf ↗.startupTime	double	0s	Delay before starting OSPF
router ↗.ospf ↗.ospfConfig	xml	xml(“<OSPFASConfig> \ <Router name=’*’ RFC1583Compatible=’true’> \ <BroadcastInterface ifName=’eth[]’ areaID=’0.0.0.0’ interfaceOutputCost=’0’ /> \ <PointToPointInterface ifName=’ppp[*]’ areaID=’0.0.0.0’ interfaceOutputCost=’0’ /> \ </Router> </OSPFASConfig>”)	xml containing the full OSPF AS configuration
router ↗.ospf ↗.routerPriority	int	1	Priority in DR/BDR election (Specify 0 to exclude the router from the election)
router ↗.ospf ↗.areaID	string	“0.0.0.0”
router ↗.ospf ↗.RFC1583Compatible	bool	false	If ‘false’, prune the set of routing table entries for the ASBR (RFC 3101)
router ↗.ospf ↗.DistributeDefaultRoute	bool	false	Distribute the default route (if exists) using AS-External LSA
router ↗.ospf ↗.helloInterval	int	10s	Specifies the time in seconds between hello packets that the other router sends on an interface
router ↗.ospf ↗.pollInterval	int	120s	Specifies the length of time, in seconds, between OSPF packets that the router send before adjacency is established with a neighbor
router ↗.ospf ↗.routerDeadInterval	int	40s	The interval during which at least one hello packet must be received from a neighbor before the router declares that neighbor as down
router ↗.ospf ↗.retransmissionInterval	int	5s	The time between OSPF LSA retransmissions for adjacencies that belongs to the interface
router ↗.ospf ↗.interfaceTransmissionDelay	int	1s	The number of seconds required to transmit a link state update packet. Valid values are 1 to 65535
router ↗.ospf ↗.interfaceMode	string	“Active”	NoOSPF: the interface is not advertised by OSPF
router ↗.ospf ↗.referenceBandwidth	int	1e8bps	Reference bandwidth for cost calculation
router ↗.ospf ↗.interfaceOutputCost	int	0	Cost of link on the interface (1-1000), 0 means use reference bandwidth
router ↗.ospf ↗.externalInterfaceOutputCost	int	1	Cost of link (1-1000)
router ↗.ospf ↗.externalInterfaceOutputType	string	“Type2”	Type1\|Type2
router ↗.ospf ↗.forwardingAddress	string	“0.0.0.0”
router ↗.ospf ↗.linkCost	int	1	Cost of link (1-1000) for HostInterface and LoopbackInterface only
router ↗.ospf ↗.authenticationType	string	“NullType”
router ↗.ospf ↗.authenticationKey	string	“0x00”	0xnn..nn
router ↗.bgp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.bgp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.bgp ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.bgp ↗.addressFamily	string	“ipv4”	address family this BGP instance operates on (one instance serves one family)
router ↗.bgp ↗.routerId	string	“”	the 4-octet BGP Identifier (RFC 4271/6286); required for IPv6, where there is no IPv4 router id to derive it from
router ↗.bgp ↗.ospfRoutingModule	string	parent.hasOspf ? “^.ospf” : “”
router ↗.bgp ↗.startupTime	double	0s	Delay before starting BGP
router ↗.bgp ↗.restartDelay	double	1s	On a lifecycle restart (after a stop or crash), the delay before BGP comes back up when startupTime is 0s, so the node can bring its interfaces back up first
router ↗.bgp ↗.shutdownTime	double	1s	On graceful stop, delay before destroying BGP state so TCP can flush the session teardown (FIN)
router ↗.bgp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout for the lifecycle stop operation
router ↗.bgp ↗.connectRetryTime	double	120s	ConnectRetryTimer interval (RFC 4271), applied to all sessions
router ↗.bgp ↗.holdTime	double	180s	Hold Time proposed in the OPEN message (RFC 4271); the effective hold time is negotiated to the minimum of the two peers
router ↗.bgp ↗.keepAliveTime	double	60s	KeepAlive interval (RFC 4271), typically holdTime/3
router ↗.bgp ↗.bgpConfig	xml
router ↗.bgp ↗.startDelay	double	1s	Base delay before a router starts its sessions (staggers session startup; per-session offsets are added on top)
router ↗.bgp ↗.ExternalPeerStartDelayOffset	double	0.5s
router ↗.bgp ↗.redistributeRip	bool	false	Redistribute routes learned by RIP into BGP
router ↗.bgp ↗.redistributeOspf	string	“”	Redistribute routes learned by OSPF into BGP (O IA E1 E2)
router ↗.bgp ↗.redistributeInternal	bool	false	Redistribute BGP routes into OSPF (as external routes)
router ↗.bgp ↗.nextHopSelf	bool	false
router ↗.bgp ↗.localPreference	int	100
router ↗.bgp ↗.connectedCheck	bool	true
router ↗.bgp ↗.ebgpMultihop	int	1
router ↗.rip ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.rip ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.rip ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.rip ↗.ripConfig	xml	xml(“<config><interface metric=’1’/></config>”)
router ↗.rip ↗.mode	string	“RIPv2”
router ↗.rip ↗.startupTime	double	uniform(0s,updateInterval)	Delay before starting RIP
router ↗.rip ↗.shutdownTime	double	1s	Delay before shutting down RIP
router ↗.rip ↗.updateInterval	double	30s	30s timer or update timer
router ↗.rip ↗.routeExpiryTime	double	180s	Invalid timer
router ↗.rip ↗.routePurgeTime	double	120s	Garbage collection timer or flush timer
router ↗.rip ↗.holdDownTime	double	0s	Hold-down timer (not defined in RFC). 0s means not active
router ↗.rip ↗.triggeredUpdate	bool	true	Sending triggered updates on route changes
router ↗.rip ↗.triggeredUpdateDelay	double	uniform(1s,5s)
router ↗.rip ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
router ↗.rip ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSplitter ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSplitter ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSplitter ↗.pimInterfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSplitter ↗.addressFamily	string	“ipv4”
router ↗.pim ↗.pimDM ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.pim ↗.pimDM ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.pim ↗.pimDM ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.pim ↗.pimDM ↗.pimInterfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.pim ↗.pimDM ↗.pimNeighborTableModule	string
router ↗.pim ↗.pimDM ↗.addressFamily	string	“ipv4”
router ↗.pim ↗.pimDM ↗.holdTime	double	3.5 * helloPeriod	“The Hold Time in the Hello Message should be set to a value that can reasonably be expected to keep the Hello active until a new Hello message is received. On most links, this will be 3.5 times the value of Hello_Period.”
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSM ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSM ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSM ↗.routingTableModule	string
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSM ↗.pimInterfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSM ↗.pimNeighborTableModule	string
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSM ↗.addressFamily	string	“ipv4”	address family this PIM-SM instance operates on
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSM ↗.RP	string	“”
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSM ↗.designatedRouterPriority	int	-1
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSM ↗.holdTime	double	3.5 * helloPeriod
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSM ↗.joinPrunePeriod	double	60s	Period between Join/Prune messages (called t_periodic in the RFC)
router ↗.pim ↗.pimInterfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.pim ↗.pimInterfaceTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
router ↗.pim ↗.pimInterfaceTable ↗.pimConfig	xml	xml(“<config/>”)
router ↗.pim ↗.pimNeighborTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.dhcp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.dhcp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
router ↗.dhcp ↗.interface	string	“”	Interface to listen on; can be left empty if there is only one non-loopback interface
router ↗.dhcp ↗.numReservedAddresses	int		Number of addresses to skip at the start of the network’s address range
router ↗.dhcp ↗.maxNumClients	int		Maximum number of clients (IPs) allowed to be leased
router ↗.dhcp ↗.gateway	string	“”	Gateway to assign, if empty use the interface address
router ↗.dhcp ↗.leaseTime	int		Lease time in seconds
router ↗.dhcp ↗.startTime	double	0s	Application start time
router ↗.dhcp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
router ↗.dhcp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpSplitter ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpIpv4Pdm ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpInterfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpIpv4NeighborTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpIpv4TopologyTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpRtp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpInterfaceTable6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpIpv6Pdm ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpIpv6NeighborTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpIpv6TopologyTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpRtp6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.status ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{stateStr}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.status ↗.initialStatus	string	“UP”	Initial status of the network node
pgw.environment ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.environment ↗.initStage	int	0	Initialization stage for the setup command
pgw.environment ↗.globalNamespace	bool	false	Create new network namespaces under /var/run/netns/ (Linux only)
pgw.environment ↗.namespace	string	“”	Name of the host OS network namespace (optional) (Linux only)
pgw.environment ↗.setupCommand	string	“”	A host OS system command
pgw.environment ↗.teardownCommand	string	“”	A host OS system command
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.moduleNamePatterns	string	“wlan[] eth[] ppp[*]”	Space-separated list of sibling module names to listen on
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
pgw.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInterfaces} interfaces”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses	bool	false	Whether to display IP addresses on links
pgw.cb ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.cb ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
pgw.cb ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
pgw.cb ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
pgw.cb ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
pgw.cb ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
pgw.cb ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
pgw.bl ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.bl ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
pgw.bl ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
pgw.bl ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
pgw.bl ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
pgw.bl ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
pgw.bl ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
pgw.ethernet ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“passed up: {totalFromMAC}\nsent: {totalFromHigherLayer}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ethernet ↗.registerProtocol	bool	false	FIXME //KLUDGE should redesign place of EthernetEncapsulation and LLC modules
pgw.ethernet ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ethernet ↗.fcsMode	string	“declared”
pgw.ethernet ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after the lifecycle stop operation has finished
pgw.ethernet ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for the lifecycle stop operation
pgw.li ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.li ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
pgw.li ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
pgw.li ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
pgw.li ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
pgw.li ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
pgw.li ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
pgw.lo ↗.lo ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rcv:{numRcvdOK} snt:{numSent}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.lo ↗.lo ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.lo ↗.lo ↗.mtu	int	4470B
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
pgw.wlan ↗.mib ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“Address: {address}{ssidStr}\n{modeStr}{stationTypeStr}{qosStr}{associatedStr}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.agent ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.agent ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.wlan ↗.agent ↗.mibModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.agent ↗.activeScan	bool	true	Selects between active and passive scanning
pgw.wlan ↗.agent ↗.channelsToScan	string	“”	List of channel numbers to scan (space delimited); empty means all channels
pgw.wlan ↗.agent ↗.probeDelay	double	100ms	Delay before sending a probe request during active scanning
pgw.wlan ↗.agent ↗.minChannelTime	double	150ms	Min interval to spend on a channel during active scanning
pgw.wlan ↗.agent ↗.maxChannelTime	double	300ms	Channel time for passive scanning, and max channel time for active scanning
pgw.wlan ↗.agent ↗.authenticationTimeout	double	5s	Timeout for the authentication procedure
pgw.wlan ↗.agent ↗.associationTimeout	double	5s	Timeout for the association procedure
pgw.wlan ↗.agent ↗.startingTime	double	-1s	Agent starting time.
pgw.wlan ↗.agent ↗.defaultSsid	string	“”	List of allowed SSIDs to connect to; leave empty for no filtering
pgw.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.numChannels	int	1	Number of channels to scan
pgw.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.mibModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.macModule	string		The path to the MAC module
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity	int	100	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInProgress} packets”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule	string	“^.pendingQueue”
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule	string	“^.^.originatorMacDataService”
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule	string	“^.^.ackHandler”
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{fsmState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy	bool	true	Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization	bool	true	We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold	int	1500B
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth	double	nan Hz	Unspecified by default
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams	int	-1	Unspecified by default
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit	int	7
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit	int	4
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout	double	-1s
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout	double	-1s
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold	int	2346B
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity	int	100	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInProgress} packets”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule	string	“^.pendingQueue”
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule	string	“^.^.^.originatorMacDataService”
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule	string	“^.ackHandler”
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{fsmState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy	bool	true	Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization	bool	true	We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.txopLimit	double	-1s
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit	int	7
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit	int	4
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.collisionController ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit	int	7
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit	int	4
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.hcca ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.subframeNumThreshold	int	-1	Minimum number of subframes needed to compose an A-MSDU. (-1 means it won’t be checked)
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.aggregationLengthThreshold	int	-1	The minimum length for an aggregated payload necessary to create an A-MSDU (-1 means it won’t be checked).
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.maxAMsduSize	int	4065	-1 means infinity
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.qOsCheck	bool	true	Turns on/off the check of the presence of the QoS flag (false means off – this is needed for aggregation in DCF mode).
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.mpduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold	int	1500B
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseBlockAckFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth	double	nan Hz	Unspecified by default
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams	int	-1	Unspecified by default
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckReqThreshold	int	5
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.maxBlockAckPolicyFrameLength	int	1000B
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeout	double	-1s
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout	double	-1s
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout	double	-1s
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold	int	2346B
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported	bool	false
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported	bool	true
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize	int	64
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue	double	0s	0 means that it depends on the originator
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported	bool	false
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported	bool	true
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize	int	64
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue	double	0s	0 means that it depends on the originator
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.ds ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.ds ↗.mibModule	string
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.rx ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{rxStatus}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.tx ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{txFramePrefix}{txState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.tx ↗.rxModule	string
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
pgw.ppp ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ppp ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
pgw.ppp ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
pgw.ppp ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
pgw.ppp ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
pgw.ppp ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
pgw.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
pgw.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
pgw.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
pgw.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
pgw.tun ↗.tun ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.tun ↗.tun ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.tun ↗.tun ↗.mtu	int	1500B
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
pgw.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
pgw.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.realInterface	string
pgw.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.protocol	string	vlanId != -1 ? “ieee8021qctag” : “”
pgw.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.address	string	“copy”
pgw.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.vlanId	int	-1
pgw.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.steal	bool	vlanId != -1
pgw.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
pgw.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“configurator”	The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
pgw.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true	Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module)
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{routingTableStatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId	string	“auto”	For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes	string	“*”	Maintain netmask routes for interfaces
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	true	Turns IP forwarding on/off
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false	Turns multicast forwarding on/off
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile	string	“”	Routing table file name
pgw.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numNatEntries} entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
pgw.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config	xml	xml(“<config></config>”)	XML configuration parameters for network address translation
pgw.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
pgw.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
pgw.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
pgw.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.enabled	bool	true
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryInterval	double	125s
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.groupMembershipInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.otherQuerierPresentInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2)
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryInterval	double	1s
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
pgw.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s
pgw.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
pgw.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
pgw.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.quoteLength	int	8B	Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply
pgw.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
pgw.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
pgw.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
pgw.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv4StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.routingTableModule	string
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.arpModule	string
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.icmpModule	string
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.timeToLive	int	32
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.multicastTimeToLive	int	32
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.fragmentTimeout	double	60s
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.limitedBroadcast	bool	false	Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.directBroadcastInterfaces	string	“”	List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces)
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableLocalOutMulticastRouting	bool	false	Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableTimestampOption	bool	false	When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.maxLifetime	double	-1s	Packets older than the limit are discarded
pgw.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.routingTableModule	string
pgw.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryTimeout	double	1s	Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address
pgw.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryCount	int	3	Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address
pgw.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.cacheTimeout	double	120s	Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out
pgw.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.proxyArpInterfaces	string	“*”	List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default)
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocol	string	“ipv4”	address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer)
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
pgw.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
pgw.ipv4 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv4 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
pgw.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
pgw.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
pgw.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
pgw.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
pgw.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“”	The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
pgw.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes	xml	xml(“<routingTable/>”)
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	false
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter	bool	this.forwarding
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag	bool	false	“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag	bool	false	“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu	int	1280	MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include)
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit	int	30	Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified)
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime	double	-1s	Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval)
pgw.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
pgw.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
pgw.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
pgw.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
pgw.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.mldModule	string	“”	Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty
pgw.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
pgw.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
pgw.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
pgw.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module	string
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module	string
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule	string
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs	double	200s	RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval)
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs	double	600s	RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime	double	3600s	advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits	int	1	RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD)
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad	bool	false	RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement	bool	true	if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements)
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer	double	1s	RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime	double	30s	RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime	double	uniform(0s, 0.3s)	random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime	double	uniform(0.4s, 1s)	random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv6StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTableModule	string
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6Module	string
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.procDelay	double	0s
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.sendRedirects	bool	true	RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm.
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
pgw.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
pgw.ipv6 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingUpdateListModule	string
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingCacheModule	string
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isHomeAgent	bool
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isMobileNode	bool
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxHaBindingLifeTime	double	3600s	max binding lifetime for HA registration
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxRrBindingLifeTime	double	420s	max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization)
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.useRouteOptimization	bool	true	whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel
pgw.ipv6 ↗.buList ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string		path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module
pgw.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isLocalMobilityAnchor	bool	false	(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically)
pgw.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isMobileAccessGateway	bool	false
pgw.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.localMobilityAnchorAddress	string	“”	MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with
pgw.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.mobileNodeProfiles	xml	xml(“<mobileNodes/>”)	MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface)
pgw.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.bindingLifetime	double	3600s	lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates
pgw.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvValidLifetime	double	3600s	MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
pgw.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvPreferredLifetime	double	1800s	MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.routingTableModule	string		path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”	how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.enabled	bool	true	when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above)
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s	host: delay before the repeated Report after a join
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryInterval	double	125s	querier: interval between periodic General Queries
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s	querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.multicastListenerInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval	querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV)
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4	querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV)
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryInterval	double	1s	querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done
pgw.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV)
pgw.nl ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.nl ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
pgw.nl ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
pgw.nl ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
pgw.nl ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
pgw.nl ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
pgw.nl ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
pgw.udp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.udp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.udp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
pgw.udp ↗.defaultMulticastLoop	bool	true
pgw.tcp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.tcp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
pgw.tcp ↗.advertisedWindow	int	14 * this.mss	In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size)
pgw.tcp ↗.delayedAcksEnabled	bool	false	Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled
pgw.tcp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true	Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled
pgw.tcp ↗.limitedTransmitEnabled	bool	false	Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl)
pgw.tcp ↗.increasedIWEnabled	bool	false	Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled
pgw.tcp ↗.sackSupport	bool	false	Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
pgw.tcp ↗.windowScalingSupport	bool	false	Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
pgw.tcp ↗.windowScalingFactor	int	-1	Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits)
pgw.tcp ↗.timestampSupport	bool	false	Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
pgw.tcp ↗.mss	int	536	Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122.
pgw.tcp ↗.msl	int	120s	Maximum Segment Lifetime
pgw.tcp ↗.tcpAlgorithmClass	string	“TcpReno”
pgw.tcp ↗.dupthresh	int	3	Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing
pgw.tcp ↗.initialSsthresh	int	0xFFFFFFFF	Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit…
pgw.tcp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	0s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
pgw.tcp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
pgw.tcp ↗.ecnWillingness	bool	false	True if willing to use ECN
pgw.tcp ↗.dctcpGamma	double	0.0625	A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2)
pgw.tcp ↗.pmtudEnabled	bool	false	Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled
pgw.tcp ↗.pmtudTimeout	double	600s	Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3)
pgw.sctp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.sctp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
pgw.sctp ↗.routingTableModule	string
pgw.sctp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
pgw.sctp ↗.numGapReports	int	3
pgw.sctp ↗.rtoInitial	double	3s
pgw.sctp ↗.rtoMin	double	1s
pgw.sctp ↗.rtoMax	double	60s
pgw.sctp ↗.rtoAlpha	double	0.125
pgw.sctp ↗.rtoBeta	double	0.250
pgw.sctp ↗.maxBurst	int	4
pgw.sctp ↗.maxBurstVariant	string	“maxBurst”
pgw.sctp ↗.initialWindow	int	0
pgw.sctp ↗.assocMaxRetrans	int	10
pgw.sctp ↗.pathMaxRetrans	int	5
pgw.sctp ↗.maxInitRetrans	int	8
pgw.sctp ↗.sackPeriod	double	200ms
pgw.sctp ↗.sackFrequency	int	2
pgw.sctp ↗.reactivatePrimaryPath	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.sendQueueLimit	int	0
pgw.sctp ↗.validCookieLifetime	double	10s
pgw.sctp ↗.enableHeartbeats	bool	true
pgw.sctp ↗.hbInterval	double	30s
pgw.sctp ↗.sendHeartbeatsOnActivePaths	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true
pgw.sctp ↗.naglePoint	int	1468
pgw.sctp ↗.fragPoint	int	1452	Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment
pgw.sctp ↗.fastRecoverySupported	bool	true
pgw.sctp ↗.sctpAlgorithmClass	string	“SctpAlg”
pgw.sctp ↗.ccModule	int	0	RFC4960=0
pgw.sctp ↗.osbWithHeader	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.RTXMethod	int	0	0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks
pgw.sctp ↗.ssModule	int	0	ROUND_ROBIN=0
pgw.sctp ↗.arwnd	int	65535
pgw.sctp ↗.swsLimit	int	3000	Limit for SWS
pgw.sctp ↗.udpEncapsEnabled	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.natFriendly	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerRcvdChunk	int	0	For flow control
pgw.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerPeerChunk	int	0	For flow control
pgw.sctp ↗.tellArwnd	bool	false	For flow control
pgw.sctp ↗.messageAcceptLimit	int	0	For flow control
pgw.sctp ↗.fairStart	double	0s
pgw.sctp ↗.fairStop	double	0s
pgw.sctp ↗.streamsToPaths	string	“”
pgw.sctp ↗.startEndToEndDelay	int	0
pgw.sctp ↗.stopEndToEndDelay	int	10
pgw.sctp ↗.throughputInterval	double	1
pgw.sctp ↗.auth	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.chunks	string	“”
pgw.sctp ↗.padding	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.addIP	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.addTime	double	0s
pgw.sctp ↗.addAddress	string	“”
pgw.sctp ↗.addIpType	string	“0”	SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154
pgw.sctp ↗.packetDrop	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.sackNow	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.highSpeedCC	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.checkSackSeqNumber	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.nrSack	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.disableReneging	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.gapReportLimit	int	100000000
pgw.sctp ↗.gapListOptimizationVariant	string	“none”
pgw.sctp ↗.smartOverfullSACKHandling	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.allowQoSTracking	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.qosTrackingInterval	double	1.0s
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtSendAllVariant	string	“normal”
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtRetransmissionVariant	string	“normal”
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtCUCVariant	string	“normal”
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplitVariant	string	“none”
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplittingUsesOSB	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtUseSFR	bool	true
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtUseDAC	bool	true
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtUseFRC	bool	true
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtSmartT3Reset	bool	true
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtSmartFastRTX	bool	true
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtSmartReneging	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtSlowPathRTTUpdate	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingVariant	string	“none”
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingThreshold	double	0.5
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtMovedChunksReduceCwnd	bool	true
pgw.sctp ↗.movedChunkFastRTXFactor	double	2.0
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtSackPath	string	“standard”
pgw.sctp ↗.strictCwndBooking	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtCCVariant	string	“off”	CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf
pgw.sctp ↗.cmtCCPathGroups	string	“”
pgw.sctp ↗.rpPathBlocking	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.rpScaleBlockingTimeout	bool	false
pgw.sctp ↗.rpMinCwnd	int	1
pgw.quic ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.quic ↗.routingTableModule	string		Set by StandardHost.
pgw.quic ↗.sendZeroRttTokenAsServer	bool	false
pgw.quic ↗.congestionControl	string	“NewReno”	Sets the congestion control algorithm (NewReno or No).
pgw.quic ↗.accurateIncreaseInNewRenoCongestionAvoidance	bool	true	For NewReno in Congestion Avoidance, if true, increases cwnd after cwnd-acked bytes; if false, increases cwnd on every acked packet by acked_bytes/cwnd.
pgw.quic ↗.sendQueueLimit	int	64MB	Sets the limit of the send queue in bytes.
pgw.quic ↗.sendQueueLowWaterRatio	double	.4	Defines the send queue low water mark relative to the limit.
pgw.quic ↗.initialMaxData	int	15MB	Connection level flow control credit. Used as own and peer’s value.
pgw.quic ↗.initialMaxStreamData	int	6MB	Stream level flow control credit for any stream (unidirectional, bidirectional local and remote). Used as own and peer’s value.
pgw.quic ↗.maxDataFrameThreshold	double	0.5*initialMaxData	Defines when MaxDataFrame in ConnectionFlowControl will be send.
pgw.quic ↗.maxStreamDataFrameThreshold	double	0.5*initialMaxStreamData	Defines when MaxStreamDataFrame in StreamFlowControl will be send.
pgw.quic ↗.roundConsumedDataValue	bool	false	If true, FlowControlResponder rounds consumedData in streamRcvBuffer to the next packetSize.
pgw.quic ↗.sendMaxDataFramesImmediately	bool	false	If true, a MAX_(STREAM)_DATA frame is sent immediately, after generation. Otherwise, sending the frame is delayed until the sending process starts due to another event.
pgw.quic ↗.bundleAckForNonAckElicitingPackets	bool	false	If true, bundles ack for non-ack-eliciting packets in an outgoing packet.
pgw.quic ↗.numReceivedAckElicitingsBeforeAck	int	2	Number of ack eliciting packets a receiver waits for, before it sends an ACK, immediately.
pgw.quic ↗.useIBit	bool	false	If true, an ACK frame is sent immediately upon an ack-eliciting packet with the I-Bit set.
pgw.quic ↗.useDplpmtud	bool	false	If true, uses DPLPMTUD (RFC8899) to determine the PMTU.
pgw.quic ↗.maxPmtu	int	65535B	With useDplpmtud, it is used as upper limit for the PMTU search. Without useDplpmtud, the PMTU is set to the minimum of the MTU of the outgoing interface and this value.
pgw.quic ↗.dplpmtudMinPmtu	int	0	Specifies the minimum PMTU to use (if 0, it uses 1200 B for IPv4 or 1280 B for IPv6 as minimum PMTU).
pgw.quic ↗.dplpmtudMaxProbes	int	3	Specifies the number of probe packet sent for one candidate before given up.
pgw.quic ↗.dplpmtudUsePtb	bool	true	If true, uses ICMP Packet Too Big (PTB) messages for DPLPMTUD.
pgw.quic ↗.dplpmtudCandidateSequence	string	“OptBinary”	Specifies the sequence of candidates used for the search algorithm of DPLPMTUD (Up, Down, OptUp, Binary, OptBinary, Jump).
pgw.quic ↗.skipPacketNumberForDplpmtudProbePackets	bool	false	Specifies whether to skip a packet number for a DPLPMTUD probe packet in order to avoid ack delay.
pgw.quic ↗.useCwndForParallelProbes	int	0	If 0, no parallel probe packets; if 1, uses the availbale cwnd to send additional probe packets and if 2 prefers to send probe packets over other packets.
pgw.quic ↗.sendDataDuringInitalDplpmtudBase	bool	true	If false, waits for DPLPMTUD switching initially to SEARCH before start sending application data.
pgw.quic ↗.dplpmtudUsePmtuValidator	bool	true	If true, activates the PMTU Validator that trys to detect when the current PMTU estimation is larger than the actual PMTU.
pgw.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorLostPacketsThreshold	int	2	Specifies the number of lost data packets before assuming a decreased PMTU.
pgw.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorTimeThreshold	double	-1s	Specifies the time threshold between two lost packets. If negative, pmtuValidatorSrttFactorThreshold is used instead.
pgw.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorSrttFactorThreshold	int	1	If pmtuValidatorTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by SRTT is used instead.
pgw.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorInvalidOnPersistentCongestion	int	1	If 0, disabled. If 1, the PMTU validator uses persistent congeation as signal for a decreased PMTU. If 2, only two consecutive persisten congestions used as signal. If 3, …
pgw.quic ↗.reducePacketTimeThreshold	double	0s	Specifies after which time with no acks, packets with reduced size are sent. If zero, packet size reduction is disabled. If negative, reducePacketPtoFactorThreshold is used instead.
pgw.quic ↗.reducePacketPtoFactorThreshold	int	3	If reducePacketTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by PTO is used instead.
pgw.tn ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.tn ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
pgw.tn ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
pgw.tn ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
pgw.tn ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
pgw.tn ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
pgw.tn ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
pgw.at ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.at ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
pgw.at ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
pgw.at ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
pgw.at ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
pgw.at ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
pgw.at ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
pgw.dnPpp ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.dnPpp ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
pgw.dnPpp ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
pgw.dnPpp ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
pgw.dnPpp ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
pgw.dnPpp ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
pgw.dnPpp ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.dnPpp ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
pgw.dnPpp ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
pgw.dnPpp ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
pgw.dnPpp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
pgw.dnPpp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
pgw.relay.trafficFlowFilter.binderModule	string	“binder”
pgw.relay.trafficFlowFilter.fastForwarding	bool	true
pgw.relay.gtpUser.binderModule	string	“binder”
pgw.relay.gtpUser.localPort	int	31
pgw.relay.gtpUser.tunnelPeerPort	int	31
pgw.rd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
pgw.rd ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
pgw.rd ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
pgw.nodeControl.binderModule	string	“binder”
pgw.nodeControl.gtpUserModule	string	“^.relay.gtpUser”
pgw.nodeControl.trafficFlowFilterModule	string	“^.relay.trafficFlowFilter”
pgw.nodeControl.ethernetBridgeModule	string	“^.ethBridge.sessionMux”	The node’s Ethernet session bridge (see EthernetSessionBridge), if it has one
pgw.nodeControl.gateway	string	“”	A MEC host UPF’s core network gateway, the anchor UPF whose sessions it serves; empty at an anchor
pgw.nodeControl.unstructuredPrefix	string	“”	The prefix the N6 addresses of Unstructured sessions are allocated from, e.g. “2001:db8:5::/64” or “10.5.0.0/16”; empty = the node anchors no Unstructured session (see the main comment)
pgw.nodeControl.unstructuredServer	string	“”	The application server the Unstructured sessions’ uplink goes to: a module path relative to the network, resolved in the family of unstructuredPrefix
pgw.nodeControl.unstructuredServerPort	int	-1	The UDP port of unstructuredServer the uplink goes to; must be set for Unstructured sessions
pgw.nodeControl.unstructuredPort	int	-1	The UDP port the node receives the Unstructured sessions’ downlink on, and sends their uplink from; must be set for Unstructured sessions
pgw.ndResponder.binderModule	string	“binder”
pgw.ndResponder.linkLocalAddress	string	“fe80::1”	The router’s address on every session’s link
pgw.ndResponder.routerLifetime	double	9000s	Router Lifetime in the Router Advertisements (max 9000s, RFC 4861)
pgw.ndResponder.curHopLimit	int	64	Cur Hop Limit in the Router Advertisements (0 = unspecified)
pgw.ndResponder.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb1.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInterfaces} interfaces”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses	bool	false	Whether to display IP addresses on links
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.subjectModule	string	“^”	The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule	string	“”	The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive)
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX	double	-inf m	The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY	double	-inf m	The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ	double	-inf m	The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX	double	inf m	The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY	double	inf m	The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ	double	inf m	The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.initialX	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX)
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.initialY	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY)
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.initialZ	double	nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ))
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.initialLatitude	double	nan deg
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.initialLongitude	double	nan deg
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.initialAltitude	double	0m
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.initialHeading	double	0deg
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.initialElevation	double	0deg
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.initialBank	double	0deg
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string
masterEnb1.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it
masterEnb1.cellInfo.constraintAreaMinX	double	-1m/0	The minimum X-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
masterEnb1.cellInfo.constraintAreaMinY	double	-1m/0	The minimum Y-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
masterEnb1.cellInfo.constraintAreaMaxX	double	1m/0	The maximum X-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
masterEnb1.cellInfo.constraintAreaMaxY	double	1m/0	The maximum Y-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
masterEnb1.cellInfo.beaconInterval	double	1s	Interval for sending broadcast messages (used for handover or DAS)
masterEnb1.cellInfo.microCell	bool	false	Type of eNodeB (MICRO / MACRO) - valid only for eNodeBs
masterEnb1.cellInfo.rbyDl	int	12	Number of sub-carriers per RB in DL
masterEnb1.cellInfo.rbyUl	int	12	Number of sub-carriers per RB in UL
masterEnb1.cellInfo.rbxDl	int	7	Number of OFDM symbols per slot in DL
masterEnb1.cellInfo.rbxUl	int	7	Number of OFDM symbols per slot in UL
masterEnb1.cellInfo.rbPilotDl	int	3	Number of pilot Resource Elements per RB in DL
masterEnb1.cellInfo.rbPilotUl	int	0	Number of pilot Resource Elements per RB in UL
masterEnb1.cellInfo.signalDl	int	1	Number of signaling symbols for each Resource Block in DL
masterEnb1.cellInfo.signalUl	int	1	Number of signaling symbols for each Resource Block in UL
masterEnb1.cellInfo.numPreferredBands	int	1	Number of preferred bands to use (relevant only in PREFERRED mode)
masterEnb1.cellInfo.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
masterEnb1.cellularNic.handoverPacketHolder.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.connectionControlModule	string	“^.rrc.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point, asked for a bearer on a lookup miss
masterEnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.isNr	bool	false	True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb, or in the ini for a DC master eNB)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.hasSdap	bool	false	When true, SDAP handles DRB/RLC assignment; Ip2Nic skips traffic classification
masterEnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.sessionType	string	“”	UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe), which the payload the NIC delivers up is of; set by the NIC
masterEnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.establishBearersOnDemand	bool	true	When false, a packet that finds no established bearer raises an error instead of establishing one (static bearers are established up front; see the staticDrbs parameter of BearerConfigurator)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.d2dBinderModule	string	“d2dBinder”	The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceTableModule	string
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceName	string	“cellular”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), told about a multicast group join
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.sessionType	string	“”	UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe): a UE created during the run gets an IPv4 default route through the NIC only on an IP session, and the NIC of an Ethernet session is an Ethernet port; set by the NIC
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.binderModule	string	“binder”	To reach a peer’s BearerManagement on RLF
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), which a torn-down bearer’s DRB identity goes back through
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.t311	double	0s	RRC re-establishment cell-selection timer (0 => release-to-IDLE)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.t301	double	0.1s	RRC re-establishment (request -> complete) timer
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.headerCompressedSize	int	-1B	Removed, an error if set: header compression is configured per bearer (the rohc field of BearerConfigurator’s bearer definitions)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.pdcp.LtePdcpEntity”	PDCP entity types: the full PDCP entity is a compound (PdcpEntityBase, TX+RX sides plus the leg split/join stage of a multi-leg bearer); the instantiable types are its subclasses (LtePdcpEntity, NrPdcpEntity). At a DC secondary a bearer’s PDCP lives at the master, so the secondary installs an PdcpRelayEntity (tunnels PDUs to/from the master) in its place.
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpRelayEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.pdcp.PdcpRelayEntity”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.dualConnectivityEnabled	bool	false	Set by the NIC; two-leg (split-capable) bearers
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcTmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.RlcTmEntity”	RLC entity types (compound modules): lteRlc* = LTE-FI bearers (TS 36.322), nrRlc* = NR bearers (SI/SO wire format, TS 38.322)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcUmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcUmEntity”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcAmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcAmEntity”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcUmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcUmEntity”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcAmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcAmEntity”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.registrationModule	string	“^.registration”	Module references for accessing other stack layers
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.drbTableModule	string	“^.drbTable”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.ip2nicModule	string	“^.^.ip2nic”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”	Attachment-ledger push target (UE only)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpMuxModule	string	“^.^.pdcpMux”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpDcMuxModule	string	“^.^.pdcpDcMux”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.d2dModeControllerModule	string	“^.d2dModeController”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcMuxModule	string	“^.^.rlcMux”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcMuxModule	string	“^.^.nrRlcMux”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrMacModule	string	“^.^.nrMac”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.sdapModule	string	“^.^.sdap”	Configuration push target; unresolvable (no SDAP on the NIC) = no pushes
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.qosFlowClassifierModule	string	“^.^.qosFlowClassifier”	Uplink QFI rule push target; unresolvable (not a UE stack with SDAP) = no pushes
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerConfiguratorModule	string	“bearerConfigurator”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.coreControlModule	string	“coreControl”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.bearerManagement”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserModule	string	“^.^.^.relay.gtpUser”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserX2Module	string	“^.^.^.gtpUserX2”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macNodeId	int		The base station’s node id; the NIC sets it from the node’s
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gateway	string	“”	The node’s core network gateway, as its gateway parameter names it; ignored at a node not connected to a core network (a secondary node)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.dynamicCellAssociation	bool	false
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.enableHandover	bool	false	Allows handovers in the UE
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.isNr	bool		Whether this instance is associated with the NR or the LTE stack
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macNodeId	int		MacNodeId of the stack leg this controller belongs to (set by the NIC)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.sessionType	string		The type of the session the UE requests at connection setup (see LteUe), set by the NIC
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverLatency	double	50ms	Handover duration
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverDetachmentTime	double	handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency/2 : 25ms
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverAttachmentTime	double	handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency-handoverDetachmentTime : handoverDetachmentTime
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssiDefault	bool	true	Whether minRssi is taken from PhyPisaData instead of the minRssi parameter
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssi	double	-99.0dB	Configurable minimum threshold RSSI for attaching to an eNB (meaningful only if minRssiDefault==false)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hysteresisFactor	double	10
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.bearerManagement”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.feedbackGeneratorModule	string	“^.^.dlFbGen”	TODO or “^.^.nrDlFbGen”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.otherConnectionControlModule	string	“”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hasCollector	bool	false	True when node has a collector module (ueCollector/nrUeCollector) for this PHY module
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.modeSelectionPeriod	double	1s
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.d2dBinderModule	string	“d2dBinder”	The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point, which knows the UEs handing over
masterEnb1.cellularNic.rlcMux.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.rrc.bearerManagement”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.phy.isNr	bool	false	True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb on their PHY submodule)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.phy.macNodeId	int		MacNodeId of the stack leg this PHY belongs to (set by the NIC)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.phy.ueTxPower	double	26dBm
masterEnb1.cellularNic.phy.eNodeBTxPower	double	46dBm
masterEnb1.cellularNic.phy.microTxPower	double	30dBm
masterEnb1.cellularNic.phy.txDirection	string	“OMNI”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.phy.txAngle	double	0deg
masterEnb1.cellularNic.phy.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.phy.channelModelModule	string	“^.channelModel[0]”	Set to “^.nrChannelModel[0]” on an NR leg, see NrNicUe
masterEnb1.cellularNic.phy.enableHandover	bool	false	Marks this eNB as a handover target: its beacons are used by UEs for handover feasibility assessment. Requires enableBeacons=true (the default when handover is on); the module errors out at initialization if beacons are disabled while handover is enabled.
masterEnb1.cellularNic.phy.enableBeacons	bool	enableHandover	Enables broadcasting periodic beacons (at cellInfo.beaconInterval). Beacons are the measurement signal UEs use both for handover feasibility assessment and for radio link monitoring (RLF detection), decoupled from enableHandover so radio link monitoring can run without handover. Defaults to enableHandover (beacons flow exactly when handover is enabled). cellInfo.beaconInterval must be positive: a zero/negative interval is an error – switch beacons off with enableBeacons=false.
masterEnb1.cellularNic.phy.targetBler	double	0.001
masterEnb1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.macModule	string	“^.mac”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pdcpModule	string	“^”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.rlcModule	string	“^”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.isNrObserver	bool	false
masterEnb1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pfmType	string	“PacketFlowObserverEnb”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.pdcpDcMux.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.rrc.bearerManagement”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.x2Manager.interfaceTableModule	string
masterEnb1.cellularNic.x2Manager.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.compManager.compNodeType	string	“COMP_CLIENT”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.compManager.coordinatorId	int		ID of the coordinator node
masterEnb1.cellularNic.compManager.clientList	object	[]	Space-separated list of client node identifiers
masterEnb1.cellularNic.compManager.coordinationPeriod	double	0.001s	The time interval between two coordination events
masterEnb1.cellularNic.compManager.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.handoverX2Forwarder.losslessHandover	bool	false
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.subjectModule	string	“^”	The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule	string	“”	The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX	double	-inf m	The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY	double	-inf m	The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ	double	-inf m	The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX	double	inf m	The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY	double	inf m	The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ	double	inf m	The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialX	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialY	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialZ	double	nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ))
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLatitude	double	nan deg
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLongitude	double	nan deg
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialAltitude	double	0m
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialHeading	double	0deg
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialElevation	double	0deg
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialBank	double	0deg
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.computeAvgInterference	bool
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate	bool
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.useProbabilisticCqi	bool
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.backgroundTrafficManagerModule	string	“^.^.manager”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeDl	double	-1s
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeUl	double	-1s
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.headerLen	int	33B
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.txPower	double	26dBm
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.fbPeriod	int	6tti
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodDl	double	uniform(10ms,50ms)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodUl	double	uniform(10ms,50ms)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeDl	int	intuniform(20B,100B)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeUl	int	intuniform(20B,100B)
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateDl	double	0.1
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayDl	double	0.006s
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateUl	double	0.1
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayUl	double	0.006s
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanDl	double	15	These values are only considered when periodicCqi == false && computeAvgInterference == false
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanUl	double	15
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevDl	double	0
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevUl	double	0
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.numBgUes	int
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.phyModule	string	“^.^.phy”
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate	bool
masterEnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.computeAvgInterference	bool
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
masterEnb1.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
masterEnb1.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
masterEnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“configurator”	The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true	Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module)
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{routingTableStatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId	string	“auto”	For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes	string	“*”	Maintain netmask routes for interfaces
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	true	Turns IP forwarding on/off
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false	Turns multicast forwarding on/off
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile	string	“”	Routing table file name
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numNatEntries} entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config	xml	xml(“<config></config>”)	XML configuration parameters for network address translation
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.enabled	bool	true
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryInterval	double	125s
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.groupMembershipInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.otherQuerierPresentInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2)
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryInterval	double	1s
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.quoteLength	int	8B	Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv4StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.arpModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.icmpModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.timeToLive	int	32
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.multicastTimeToLive	int	32
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.fragmentTimeout	double	60s
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.limitedBroadcast	bool	false	Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.directBroadcastInterfaces	string	“”	List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces)
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableLocalOutMulticastRouting	bool	false	Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableTimestampOption	bool	false	When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.maxLifetime	double	-1s	Packets older than the limit are discarded
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryTimeout	double	1s	Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryCount	int	3	Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.cacheTimeout	double	120s	Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.proxyArpInterfaces	string	“*”	List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default)
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocol	string	“ipv4”	address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer)
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“”	The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes	xml	xml(“<routingTable/>”)
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	false
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter	bool	this.forwarding
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag	bool	false	“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag	bool	false	“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu	int	1280	MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include)
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit	int	30	Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified)
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime	double	-1s	Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval)
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.mldModule	string	“”	Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module	string
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module	string
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs	double	200s	RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval)
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs	double	600s	RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime	double	3600s	advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits	int	1	RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD)
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad	bool	false	RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement	bool	true	if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements)
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer	double	1s	RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime	double	30s	RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime	double	uniform(0s, 0.3s)	random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime	double	uniform(0.4s, 1s)	random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv6StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6Module	string
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.procDelay	double	0s
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.sendRedirects	bool	true	RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm.
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingUpdateListModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingCacheModule	string
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isHomeAgent	bool
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isMobileNode	bool
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxHaBindingLifeTime	double	3600s	max binding lifetime for HA registration
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxRrBindingLifeTime	double	420s	max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization)
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.useRouteOptimization	bool	true	whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.buList ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string		path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isLocalMobilityAnchor	bool	false	(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically)
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isMobileAccessGateway	bool	false
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.localMobilityAnchorAddress	string	“”	MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.mobileNodeProfiles	xml	xml(“<mobileNodes/>”)	MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface)
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.bindingLifetime	double	3600s	lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvValidLifetime	double	3600s	MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvPreferredLifetime	double	1800s	MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.routingTableModule	string		path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”	how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.enabled	bool	true	when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above)
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s	host: delay before the repeated Report after a join
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryInterval	double	125s	querier: interval between periodic General Queries
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s	querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.multicastListenerInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval	querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV)
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4	querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV)
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryInterval	double	1s	querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done
masterEnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV)
masterEnb1.udp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.udp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb1.udp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb1.udp ↗.defaultMulticastLoop	bool	true
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.advertisedWindow	int	14 * this.mss	In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size)
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.delayedAcksEnabled	bool	false	Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true	Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.limitedTransmitEnabled	bool	false	Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl)
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.increasedIWEnabled	bool	false	Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.sackSupport	bool	false	Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.windowScalingSupport	bool	false	Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.windowScalingFactor	int	-1	Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits)
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.timestampSupport	bool	false	Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.mss	int	536	Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122.
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.msl	int	120s	Maximum Segment Lifetime
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.tcpAlgorithmClass	string	“TcpReno”
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.dupthresh	int	3	Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.initialSsthresh	int	0xFFFFFFFF	Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit…
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	0s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.ecnWillingness	bool	false	True if willing to use ECN
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.dctcpGamma	double	0.0625	A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2)
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.pmtudEnabled	bool	false	Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled
masterEnb1.tcp ↗.pmtudTimeout	double	600s	Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3)
masterEnb1.x2App.client.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{socketState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.x2App.client.localAddress	string	“”	Comma-separated list of addresses
masterEnb1.x2App.client.localPort	int	0	Port number to listen on
masterEnb1.x2App.client.connectAddress	string		Server address (may be symbolic)
masterEnb1.x2App.client.connectPort	int	5000	Port number to connect to
masterEnb1.x2App.client.startTime	double	0s	Time the first session begins
masterEnb1.x2App.client.numRequestsPerSession	int	1	Number of requests sent per session
masterEnb1.x2App.client.numPacketsToReceive	int	0
masterEnb1.x2App.client.requestLength	int	1452	Length of a request (bytes)
masterEnb1.x2App.client.thinkTime	double	0s	Time gap between requests
masterEnb1.x2App.client.waitToClose	double	0s	Time to wait between the last message sent and abort
masterEnb1.x2App.client.reconnectInterval	double	0s	If the connection breaks, waits this much before trying to reconnect
masterEnb1.x2App.client.inboundStreams	int	17
masterEnb1.x2App.client.outboundStreams	int	1
masterEnb1.x2App.client.echo	bool	false	Echoes received packages when true
masterEnb1.x2App.client.ordered	bool	true
masterEnb1.x2App.client.queueSize	int	0
masterEnb1.x2App.client.prMethod	int	0	0=NONE, 1=PR_TTL, 2=PR_RTX, 3=PR_PRIO, 4=PR_STRRST
masterEnb1.x2App.client.prValue	double	0	For PR-SCTP
masterEnb1.x2App.client.streamReset	bool	false
masterEnb1.x2App.client.streamRequestTime	double	0s
masterEnb1.x2App.client.streamResetType	int	5	NO_RESET=5, RESET_OUTGOING=6, RESET_INCOMING=7, RESET_BOTH=8, SSN_TSN=9
masterEnb1.x2App.client.streamToReset	int	0
masterEnb1.x2App.client.stopTime	double	-1s	Time of finishing sending, negative values mean forever
masterEnb1.x2App.client.primaryTime	double	0s
masterEnb1.x2App.client.newPrimary	string	“”
masterEnb1.x2App.client.streamRequestLengths	string	“”
masterEnb1.x2App.client.streamRequestRatio	string	“”
masterEnb1.x2App.client.streamPriorities	string	“”
masterEnb1.x2App.client.finishEndsSimulation	bool	false
masterEnb1.x2App.client.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.x2App.server.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.x2App.server.localAddress	string	“”	Comma-separated list of addresses
masterEnb1.x2App.server.localPort	int	0	Port number to listen on
masterEnb1.x2App.server.echo	bool	false	Echoes received packages when true
masterEnb1.x2App.server.echoDelay	double	0s
masterEnb1.x2App.server.delayFirstRead	double	0s
masterEnb1.x2App.server.readingInterval	double	0s
masterEnb1.x2App.server.messagesToPush	int	0
masterEnb1.x2App.server.numPacketsToSendPerClient	int	0	Number of requests sent per session
masterEnb1.x2App.server.numPacketsToReceivePerClient	int	1
masterEnb1.x2App.server.requestLength	int	1452	Length of a request (bytes)
masterEnb1.x2App.server.thinkTime	double	0s	Time gap between requests
masterEnb1.x2App.server.waitToClose	double	0s	Time to wait between last message sent and abort
masterEnb1.x2App.server.finishEndsSimulation	bool	false
masterEnb1.x2App.server.ordered	bool	true
masterEnb1.x2App.server.inboundStreams	int	17
masterEnb1.x2App.server.outboundStreams	int	1
masterEnb1.x2App.server.queueSize	int	0
masterEnb1.x2App.server.prMethod	int	0	0=NONE, 1=PR_TTL, 2=PR_RTX, 3=PR_PRIO, 4=PR_STRRST
masterEnb1.x2App.server.prValue	double	0	For PR-SCTP
masterEnb1.x2App.server.streamReset	bool	false
masterEnb1.x2App.server.streamRequestTime	double	0s
masterEnb1.x2App.server.streamToReset	int	0
masterEnb1.x2App.server.streamPriorities	string	“”
masterEnb1.x2App.server.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.numGapReports	int	3
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.rtoInitial	double	3s
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.rtoMin	double	1s
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.rtoMax	double	60s
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.rtoAlpha	double	0.125
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.rtoBeta	double	0.250
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.maxBurst	int	4
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.maxBurstVariant	string	“maxBurst”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.initialWindow	int	0
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.assocMaxRetrans	int	10
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.pathMaxRetrans	int	5
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.maxInitRetrans	int	8
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.sackPeriod	double	200ms
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.sackFrequency	int	2
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.reactivatePrimaryPath	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.sendQueueLimit	int	0
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.validCookieLifetime	double	10s
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.enableHeartbeats	bool	true
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.hbInterval	double	30s
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.sendHeartbeatsOnActivePaths	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.naglePoint	int	1468
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.fragPoint	int	1452	Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.fastRecoverySupported	bool	true
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.sctpAlgorithmClass	string	“SctpAlg”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.ccModule	int	0	RFC4960=0
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.osbWithHeader	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.RTXMethod	int	0	0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.ssModule	int	0	ROUND_ROBIN=0
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.arwnd	int	65535
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.swsLimit	int	3000	Limit for SWS
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.udpEncapsEnabled	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.natFriendly	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerRcvdChunk	int	0	For flow control
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerPeerChunk	int	0	For flow control
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.tellArwnd	bool	false	For flow control
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.messageAcceptLimit	int	0	For flow control
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.fairStart	double	0s
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.fairStop	double	0s
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.streamsToPaths	string	“”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.startEndToEndDelay	int	0
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.stopEndToEndDelay	int	10
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.throughputInterval	double	1
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.auth	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.chunks	string	“”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.padding	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.addIP	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.addTime	double	0s
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.addAddress	string	“”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.addIpType	string	“0”	SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.packetDrop	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.sackNow	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.highSpeedCC	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.checkSackSeqNumber	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.nrSack	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.disableReneging	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.gapReportLimit	int	100000000
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.gapListOptimizationVariant	string	“none”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.smartOverfullSACKHandling	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.allowQoSTracking	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.qosTrackingInterval	double	1.0s
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtSendAllVariant	string	“normal”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtRetransmissionVariant	string	“normal”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtCUCVariant	string	“normal”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplitVariant	string	“none”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplittingUsesOSB	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtUseSFR	bool	true
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtUseDAC	bool	true
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtUseFRC	bool	true
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtSmartT3Reset	bool	true
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtSmartFastRTX	bool	true
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtSmartReneging	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtSlowPathRTTUpdate	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingVariant	string	“none”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingThreshold	double	0.5
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtMovedChunksReduceCwnd	bool	true
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.movedChunkFastRTXFactor	double	2.0
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtSackPath	string	“standard”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.strictCwndBooking	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtCCVariant	string	“off”	CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.cmtCCPathGroups	string	“”
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.rpPathBlocking	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.rpScaleBlockingTimeout	bool	false
masterEnb1.sctp ↗.rpMinCwnd	int	1
masterEnb1.at ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.at ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb1.at ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.at ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.at ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.at ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.at ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.tn ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.tn ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb1.tn ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.tn ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.tn ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.tn ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.tn ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.nl ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb1.nl ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb1.nl ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.nl ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb1.nl ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.nl ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb1.relay.trafficFlowFilter.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.relay.trafficFlowFilter.fastForwarding	bool	true
masterEnb1.relay.gtpUser.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.relay.gtpUser.localPort	int	31
masterEnb1.relay.gtpUser.tunnelPeerPort	int	31
masterEnb1.gtpUserX2.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb1.gtpUserX2.localPort	int	32
masterEnb1.gtpUserX2.tunnelPeerPort	int	32
secondaryGnb1.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInterfaces} interfaces”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses	bool	false	Whether to display IP addresses on links
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.subjectModule	string	“^”	The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule	string	“”	The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive)
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX	double	-inf m	The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY	double	-inf m	The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ	double	-inf m	The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX	double	inf m	The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY	double	inf m	The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ	double	inf m	The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.initialX	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX)
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.initialY	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY)
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.initialZ	double	nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ))
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.initialLatitude	double	nan deg
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.initialLongitude	double	nan deg
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.initialAltitude	double	0m
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.initialHeading	double	0deg
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.initialElevation	double	0deg
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.initialBank	double	0deg
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string
secondaryGnb1.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.constraintAreaMinX	double	-1m/0	The minimum X-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.constraintAreaMinY	double	-1m/0	The minimum Y-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.constraintAreaMaxX	double	1m/0	The maximum X-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.constraintAreaMaxY	double	1m/0	The maximum Y-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.beaconInterval	double	1s	Interval for sending broadcast messages (used for handover or DAS)
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.microCell	bool	false	Type of eNodeB (MICRO / MACRO) - valid only for eNodeBs
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.rbyDl	int	12	Number of sub-carriers per RB in DL
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.rbyUl	int	12	Number of sub-carriers per RB in UL
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.rbxDl	int	7	Number of OFDM symbols per slot in DL
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.rbxUl	int	7	Number of OFDM symbols per slot in UL
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.rbPilotDl	int	3	Number of pilot Resource Elements per RB in DL
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.rbPilotUl	int	0	Number of pilot Resource Elements per RB in UL
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.signalDl	int	1	Number of signaling symbols for each Resource Block in DL
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.signalUl	int	1	Number of signaling symbols for each Resource Block in UL
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.numPreferredBands	int	1	Number of preferred bands to use (relevant only in PREFERRED mode)
secondaryGnb1.cellInfo.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.handoverPacketHolder.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.connectionControlModule	string	“^.rrc.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point, asked for a bearer on a lookup miss
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.isNr	bool	false	True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb, or in the ini for a DC master eNB)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.hasSdap	bool	false	When true, SDAP handles DRB/RLC assignment; Ip2Nic skips traffic classification
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.sessionType	string	“”	UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe), which the payload the NIC delivers up is of; set by the NIC
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.establishBearersOnDemand	bool	true	When false, a packet that finds no established bearer raises an error instead of establishing one (static bearers are established up front; see the staticDrbs parameter of BearerConfigurator)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.ip2nic.d2dBinderModule	string	“d2dBinder”	The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceName	string	“cellular”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), told about a multicast group join
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.sessionType	string	“”	UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe): a UE created during the run gets an IPv4 default route through the NIC only on an IP session, and the NIC of an Ethernet session is an Ethernet port; set by the NIC
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.binderModule	string	“binder”	To reach a peer’s BearerManagement on RLF
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), which a torn-down bearer’s DRB identity goes back through
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.t311	double	0s	RRC re-establishment cell-selection timer (0 => release-to-IDLE)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.t301	double	0.1s	RRC re-establishment (request -> complete) timer
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.headerCompressedSize	int	-1B	Removed, an error if set: header compression is configured per bearer (the rohc field of BearerConfigurator’s bearer definitions)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.pdcp.LtePdcpEntity”	PDCP entity types: the full PDCP entity is a compound (PdcpEntityBase, TX+RX sides plus the leg split/join stage of a multi-leg bearer); the instantiable types are its subclasses (LtePdcpEntity, NrPdcpEntity). At a DC secondary a bearer’s PDCP lives at the master, so the secondary installs an PdcpRelayEntity (tunnels PDUs to/from the master) in its place.
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpRelayEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.pdcp.PdcpRelayEntity”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.dualConnectivityEnabled	bool	false	Set by the NIC; two-leg (split-capable) bearers
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcTmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.RlcTmEntity”	RLC entity types (compound modules): lteRlc* = LTE-FI bearers (TS 36.322), nrRlc* = NR bearers (SI/SO wire format, TS 38.322)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcUmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcUmEntity”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcAmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcAmEntity”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcUmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcUmEntity”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcAmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcAmEntity”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.registrationModule	string	“^.registration”	Module references for accessing other stack layers
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.drbTableModule	string	“^.drbTable”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.ip2nicModule	string	“^.^.ip2nic”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”	Attachment-ledger push target (UE only)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpMuxModule	string	“^.^.pdcpMux”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpDcMuxModule	string	“^.^.pdcpDcMux”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.d2dModeControllerModule	string	“^.d2dModeController”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcMuxModule	string	“^.^.rlcMux”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcMuxModule	string	“^.^.nrRlcMux”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrMacModule	string	“^.^.nrMac”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.sdapModule	string	“^.^.sdap”	Configuration push target; unresolvable (no SDAP on the NIC) = no pushes
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.qosFlowClassifierModule	string	“^.^.qosFlowClassifier”	Uplink QFI rule push target; unresolvable (not a UE stack with SDAP) = no pushes
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerConfiguratorModule	string	“bearerConfigurator”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.coreControlModule	string	“coreControl”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.bearerManagement”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserModule	string	“^.^.^.relay.gtpUser”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserX2Module	string	“^.^.^.gtpUserX2”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macNodeId	int		The base station’s node id; the NIC sets it from the node’s
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gateway	string	“”	The node’s core network gateway, as its gateway parameter names it; ignored at a node not connected to a core network (a secondary node)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.dynamicCellAssociation	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.enableHandover	bool	false	Allows handovers in the UE
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.isNr	bool		Whether this instance is associated with the NR or the LTE stack
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macNodeId	int		MacNodeId of the stack leg this controller belongs to (set by the NIC)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.sessionType	string		The type of the session the UE requests at connection setup (see LteUe), set by the NIC
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverLatency	double	50ms	Handover duration
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverDetachmentTime	double	handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency/2 : 25ms
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverAttachmentTime	double	handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency-handoverDetachmentTime : handoverDetachmentTime
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssiDefault	bool	true	Whether minRssi is taken from PhyPisaData instead of the minRssi parameter
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssi	double	-99.0dB	Configurable minimum threshold RSSI for attaching to an eNB (meaningful only if minRssiDefault==false)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hysteresisFactor	double	10
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.bearerManagement”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.feedbackGeneratorModule	string	“^.^.dlFbGen”	TODO or “^.^.nrDlFbGen”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.otherConnectionControlModule	string	“”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hasCollector	bool	false	True when node has a collector module (ueCollector/nrUeCollector) for this PHY module
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.modeSelectionPeriod	double	1s
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.d2dBinderModule	string	“d2dBinder”	The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point, which knows the UEs handing over
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.rlcMux.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.rrc.bearerManagement”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.phy.isNr	bool	false	True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb on their PHY submodule)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.phy.macNodeId	int		MacNodeId of the stack leg this PHY belongs to (set by the NIC)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.phy.ueTxPower	double	26dBm
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.phy.eNodeBTxPower	double	46dBm
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.phy.microTxPower	double	30dBm
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.phy.txDirection	string	“OMNI”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.phy.txAngle	double	0deg
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.phy.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.phy.channelModelModule	string	“^.channelModel[0]”	Set to “^.nrChannelModel[0]” on an NR leg, see NrNicUe
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.phy.enableHandover	bool	false	Marks this eNB as a handover target: its beacons are used by UEs for handover feasibility assessment. Requires enableBeacons=true (the default when handover is on); the module errors out at initialization if beacons are disabled while handover is enabled.
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.phy.enableBeacons	bool	enableHandover	Enables broadcasting periodic beacons (at cellInfo.beaconInterval). Beacons are the measurement signal UEs use both for handover feasibility assessment and for radio link monitoring (RLF detection), decoupled from enableHandover so radio link monitoring can run without handover. Defaults to enableHandover (beacons flow exactly when handover is enabled). cellInfo.beaconInterval must be positive: a zero/negative interval is an error – switch beacons off with enableBeacons=false.
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.phy.targetBler	double	0.001
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.macModule	string	“^.mac”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pdcpModule	string	“^”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.rlcModule	string	“^”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.isNrObserver	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pfmType	string	“PacketFlowObserverEnb”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.pdcpDcMux.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.rrc.bearerManagement”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.x2Manager.interfaceTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.x2Manager.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.compManager.compNodeType	string	“COMP_CLIENT”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.compManager.coordinatorId	int		ID of the coordinator node
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.compManager.clientList	object	[]	Space-separated list of client node identifiers
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.compManager.coordinationPeriod	double	0.001s	The time interval between two coordination events
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.compManager.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.handoverX2Forwarder.losslessHandover	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.subjectModule	string	“^”	The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule	string	“”	The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX	double	-inf m	The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY	double	-inf m	The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ	double	-inf m	The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX	double	inf m	The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY	double	inf m	The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ	double	inf m	The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialX	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialY	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialZ	double	nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ))
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLatitude	double	nan deg
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLongitude	double	nan deg
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialAltitude	double	0m
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialHeading	double	0deg
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialElevation	double	0deg
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialBank	double	0deg
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.computeAvgInterference	bool
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate	bool
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.useProbabilisticCqi	bool
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.backgroundTrafficManagerModule	string	“^.^.manager”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeDl	double	-1s
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeUl	double	-1s
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.headerLen	int	33B
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.txPower	double	26dBm
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.fbPeriod	int	6tti
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodDl	double	uniform(10ms,50ms)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodUl	double	uniform(10ms,50ms)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeDl	int	intuniform(20B,100B)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeUl	int	intuniform(20B,100B)
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateDl	double	0.1
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayDl	double	0.006s
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateUl	double	0.1
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayUl	double	0.006s
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanDl	double	15	These values are only considered when periodicCqi == false && computeAvgInterference == false
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanUl	double	15
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevDl	double	0
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevUl	double	0
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.numBgUes	int
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.phyModule	string	“^.^.phy”
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate	bool
secondaryGnb1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.computeAvgInterference	bool
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
secondaryGnb1.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
secondaryGnb1.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
secondaryGnb1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“configurator”	The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true	Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module)
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{routingTableStatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId	string	“auto”	For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes	string	“*”	Maintain netmask routes for interfaces
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	true	Turns IP forwarding on/off
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false	Turns multicast forwarding on/off
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile	string	“”	Routing table file name
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numNatEntries} entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config	xml	xml(“<config></config>”)	XML configuration parameters for network address translation
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.enabled	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryInterval	double	125s
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.groupMembershipInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.otherQuerierPresentInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2)
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryInterval	double	1s
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.quoteLength	int	8B	Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv4StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.arpModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.icmpModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.timeToLive	int	32
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.multicastTimeToLive	int	32
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.fragmentTimeout	double	60s
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.limitedBroadcast	bool	false	Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.directBroadcastInterfaces	string	“”	List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces)
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableLocalOutMulticastRouting	bool	false	Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableTimestampOption	bool	false	When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.maxLifetime	double	-1s	Packets older than the limit are discarded
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryTimeout	double	1s	Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryCount	int	3	Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.cacheTimeout	double	120s	Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.proxyArpInterfaces	string	“*”	List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default)
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocol	string	“ipv4”	address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer)
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“”	The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes	xml	xml(“<routingTable/>”)
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter	bool	this.forwarding
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag	bool	false	“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag	bool	false	“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu	int	1280	MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include)
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit	int	30	Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified)
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime	double	-1s	Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval)
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.mldModule	string	“”	Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs	double	200s	RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval)
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs	double	600s	RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime	double	3600s	advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits	int	1	RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD)
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad	bool	false	RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement	bool	true	if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements)
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer	double	1s	RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime	double	30s	RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime	double	uniform(0s, 0.3s)	random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime	double	uniform(0.4s, 1s)	random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv6StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6Module	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.procDelay	double	0s
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.sendRedirects	bool	true	RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm.
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingUpdateListModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingCacheModule	string
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isHomeAgent	bool
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isMobileNode	bool
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxHaBindingLifeTime	double	3600s	max binding lifetime for HA registration
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxRrBindingLifeTime	double	420s	max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization)
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.useRouteOptimization	bool	true	whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.buList ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string		path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isLocalMobilityAnchor	bool	false	(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically)
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isMobileAccessGateway	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.localMobilityAnchorAddress	string	“”	MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.mobileNodeProfiles	xml	xml(“<mobileNodes/>”)	MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface)
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.bindingLifetime	double	3600s	lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvValidLifetime	double	3600s	MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvPreferredLifetime	double	1800s	MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.routingTableModule	string		path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”	how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.enabled	bool	true	when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above)
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s	host: delay before the repeated Report after a join
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryInterval	double	125s	querier: interval between periodic General Queries
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s	querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.multicastListenerInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval	querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV)
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4	querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV)
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryInterval	double	1s	querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done
secondaryGnb1.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV)
secondaryGnb1.udp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.udp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb1.udp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb1.udp ↗.defaultMulticastLoop	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.advertisedWindow	int	14 * this.mss	In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size)
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.delayedAcksEnabled	bool	false	Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true	Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.limitedTransmitEnabled	bool	false	Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl)
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.increasedIWEnabled	bool	false	Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.sackSupport	bool	false	Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.windowScalingSupport	bool	false	Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.windowScalingFactor	int	-1	Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits)
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.timestampSupport	bool	false	Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.mss	int	536	Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122.
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.msl	int	120s	Maximum Segment Lifetime
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.tcpAlgorithmClass	string	“TcpReno”
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.dupthresh	int	3	Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.initialSsthresh	int	0xFFFFFFFF	Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit…
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	0s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.ecnWillingness	bool	false	True if willing to use ECN
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.dctcpGamma	double	0.0625	A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2)
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.pmtudEnabled	bool	false	Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled
secondaryGnb1.tcp ↗.pmtudTimeout	double	600s	Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3)
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{socketState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.localAddress	string	“”	Comma-separated list of addresses
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.localPort	int	0	Port number to listen on
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.connectAddress	string		Server address (may be symbolic)
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.connectPort	int	5000	Port number to connect to
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.startTime	double	0s	Time the first session begins
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.numRequestsPerSession	int	1	Number of requests sent per session
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.numPacketsToReceive	int	0
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.requestLength	int	1452	Length of a request (bytes)
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.thinkTime	double	0s	Time gap between requests
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.waitToClose	double	0s	Time to wait between the last message sent and abort
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.reconnectInterval	double	0s	If the connection breaks, waits this much before trying to reconnect
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.inboundStreams	int	17
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.outboundStreams	int	1
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.echo	bool	false	Echoes received packages when true
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.ordered	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.queueSize	int	0
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.prMethod	int	0	0=NONE, 1=PR_TTL, 2=PR_RTX, 3=PR_PRIO, 4=PR_STRRST
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.prValue	double	0	For PR-SCTP
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.streamReset	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.streamRequestTime	double	0s
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.streamResetType	int	5	NO_RESET=5, RESET_OUTGOING=6, RESET_INCOMING=7, RESET_BOTH=8, SSN_TSN=9
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.streamToReset	int	0
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.stopTime	double	-1s	Time of finishing sending, negative values mean forever
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.primaryTime	double	0s
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.newPrimary	string	“”
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.streamRequestLengths	string	“”
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.streamRequestRatio	string	“”
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.streamPriorities	string	“”
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.finishEndsSimulation	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.x2App.client.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.localAddress	string	“”	Comma-separated list of addresses
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.localPort	int	0	Port number to listen on
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.echo	bool	false	Echoes received packages when true
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.echoDelay	double	0s
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.delayFirstRead	double	0s
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.readingInterval	double	0s
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.messagesToPush	int	0
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.numPacketsToSendPerClient	int	0	Number of requests sent per session
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.numPacketsToReceivePerClient	int	1
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.requestLength	int	1452	Length of a request (bytes)
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.thinkTime	double	0s	Time gap between requests
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.waitToClose	double	0s	Time to wait between last message sent and abort
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.finishEndsSimulation	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.ordered	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.inboundStreams	int	17
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.outboundStreams	int	1
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.queueSize	int	0
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.prMethod	int	0	0=NONE, 1=PR_TTL, 2=PR_RTX, 3=PR_PRIO, 4=PR_STRRST
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.prValue	double	0	For PR-SCTP
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.streamReset	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.streamRequestTime	double	0s
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.streamToReset	int	0
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.streamPriorities	string	“”
secondaryGnb1.x2App.server.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.numGapReports	int	3
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.rtoInitial	double	3s
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.rtoMin	double	1s
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.rtoMax	double	60s
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.rtoAlpha	double	0.125
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.rtoBeta	double	0.250
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.maxBurst	int	4
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.maxBurstVariant	string	“maxBurst”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.initialWindow	int	0
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.assocMaxRetrans	int	10
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.pathMaxRetrans	int	5
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.maxInitRetrans	int	8
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.sackPeriod	double	200ms
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.sackFrequency	int	2
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.reactivatePrimaryPath	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.sendQueueLimit	int	0
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.validCookieLifetime	double	10s
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.enableHeartbeats	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.hbInterval	double	30s
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.sendHeartbeatsOnActivePaths	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.naglePoint	int	1468
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.fragPoint	int	1452	Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.fastRecoverySupported	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.sctpAlgorithmClass	string	“SctpAlg”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.ccModule	int	0	RFC4960=0
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.osbWithHeader	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.RTXMethod	int	0	0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.ssModule	int	0	ROUND_ROBIN=0
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.arwnd	int	65535
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.swsLimit	int	3000	Limit for SWS
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.udpEncapsEnabled	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.natFriendly	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerRcvdChunk	int	0	For flow control
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerPeerChunk	int	0	For flow control
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.tellArwnd	bool	false	For flow control
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.messageAcceptLimit	int	0	For flow control
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.fairStart	double	0s
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.fairStop	double	0s
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.streamsToPaths	string	“”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.startEndToEndDelay	int	0
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.stopEndToEndDelay	int	10
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.throughputInterval	double	1
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.auth	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.chunks	string	“”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.padding	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.addIP	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.addTime	double	0s
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.addAddress	string	“”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.addIpType	string	“0”	SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.packetDrop	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.sackNow	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.highSpeedCC	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.checkSackSeqNumber	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.nrSack	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.disableReneging	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.gapReportLimit	int	100000000
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.gapListOptimizationVariant	string	“none”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.smartOverfullSACKHandling	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.allowQoSTracking	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.qosTrackingInterval	double	1.0s
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtSendAllVariant	string	“normal”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtRetransmissionVariant	string	“normal”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtCUCVariant	string	“normal”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplitVariant	string	“none”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplittingUsesOSB	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtUseSFR	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtUseDAC	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtUseFRC	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtSmartT3Reset	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtSmartFastRTX	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtSmartReneging	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtSlowPathRTTUpdate	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingVariant	string	“none”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingThreshold	double	0.5
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtMovedChunksReduceCwnd	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.movedChunkFastRTXFactor	double	2.0
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtSackPath	string	“standard”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.strictCwndBooking	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtCCVariant	string	“off”	CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.cmtCCPathGroups	string	“”
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.rpPathBlocking	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.rpScaleBlockingTimeout	bool	false
secondaryGnb1.sctp ↗.rpMinCwnd	int	1
secondaryGnb1.at ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.at ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb1.at ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.at ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.at ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.at ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.at ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.tn ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.tn ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb1.tn ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.tn ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.tn ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.tn ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.tn ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.nl ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb1.nl ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb1.nl ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.nl ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.nl ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.nl ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb1.relay.trafficFlowFilter.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.relay.trafficFlowFilter.fastForwarding	bool	true
secondaryGnb1.relay.gtpUser.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.relay.gtpUser.localPort	int	31
secondaryGnb1.relay.gtpUser.tunnelPeerPort	int	31
secondaryGnb1.gtpUserX2.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb1.gtpUserX2.localPort	int	32
secondaryGnb1.gtpUserX2.tunnelPeerPort	int	32
masterEnb2.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInterfaces} interfaces”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses	bool	false	Whether to display IP addresses on links
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.subjectModule	string	“^”	The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule	string	“”	The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive)
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX	double	-inf m	The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY	double	-inf m	The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ	double	-inf m	The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX	double	inf m	The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY	double	inf m	The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ	double	inf m	The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.initialX	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX)
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.initialY	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY)
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.initialZ	double	nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ))
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.initialLatitude	double	nan deg
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.initialLongitude	double	nan deg
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.initialAltitude	double	0m
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.initialHeading	double	0deg
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.initialElevation	double	0deg
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.initialBank	double	0deg
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string
masterEnb2.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it
masterEnb2.cellInfo.constraintAreaMinX	double	-1m/0	The minimum X-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
masterEnb2.cellInfo.constraintAreaMinY	double	-1m/0	The minimum Y-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
masterEnb2.cellInfo.constraintAreaMaxX	double	1m/0	The maximum X-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
masterEnb2.cellInfo.constraintAreaMaxY	double	1m/0	The maximum Y-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
masterEnb2.cellInfo.beaconInterval	double	1s	Interval for sending broadcast messages (used for handover or DAS)
masterEnb2.cellInfo.microCell	bool	false	Type of eNodeB (MICRO / MACRO) - valid only for eNodeBs
masterEnb2.cellInfo.rbyDl	int	12	Number of sub-carriers per RB in DL
masterEnb2.cellInfo.rbyUl	int	12	Number of sub-carriers per RB in UL
masterEnb2.cellInfo.rbxDl	int	7	Number of OFDM symbols per slot in DL
masterEnb2.cellInfo.rbxUl	int	7	Number of OFDM symbols per slot in UL
masterEnb2.cellInfo.rbPilotDl	int	3	Number of pilot Resource Elements per RB in DL
masterEnb2.cellInfo.rbPilotUl	int	0	Number of pilot Resource Elements per RB in UL
masterEnb2.cellInfo.signalDl	int	1	Number of signaling symbols for each Resource Block in DL
masterEnb2.cellInfo.signalUl	int	1	Number of signaling symbols for each Resource Block in UL
masterEnb2.cellInfo.numPreferredBands	int	1	Number of preferred bands to use (relevant only in PREFERRED mode)
masterEnb2.cellInfo.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
masterEnb2.cellularNic.handoverPacketHolder.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.connectionControlModule	string	“^.rrc.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point, asked for a bearer on a lookup miss
masterEnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.isNr	bool	false	True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb, or in the ini for a DC master eNB)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.hasSdap	bool	false	When true, SDAP handles DRB/RLC assignment; Ip2Nic skips traffic classification
masterEnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.sessionType	string	“”	UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe), which the payload the NIC delivers up is of; set by the NIC
masterEnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.establishBearersOnDemand	bool	true	When false, a packet that finds no established bearer raises an error instead of establishing one (static bearers are established up front; see the staticDrbs parameter of BearerConfigurator)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.d2dBinderModule	string	“d2dBinder”	The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceTableModule	string
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceName	string	“cellular”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), told about a multicast group join
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.sessionType	string	“”	UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe): a UE created during the run gets an IPv4 default route through the NIC only on an IP session, and the NIC of an Ethernet session is an Ethernet port; set by the NIC
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.binderModule	string	“binder”	To reach a peer’s BearerManagement on RLF
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), which a torn-down bearer’s DRB identity goes back through
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.t311	double	0s	RRC re-establishment cell-selection timer (0 => release-to-IDLE)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.t301	double	0.1s	RRC re-establishment (request -> complete) timer
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.headerCompressedSize	int	-1B	Removed, an error if set: header compression is configured per bearer (the rohc field of BearerConfigurator’s bearer definitions)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.pdcp.LtePdcpEntity”	PDCP entity types: the full PDCP entity is a compound (PdcpEntityBase, TX+RX sides plus the leg split/join stage of a multi-leg bearer); the instantiable types are its subclasses (LtePdcpEntity, NrPdcpEntity). At a DC secondary a bearer’s PDCP lives at the master, so the secondary installs an PdcpRelayEntity (tunnels PDUs to/from the master) in its place.
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpRelayEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.pdcp.PdcpRelayEntity”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.dualConnectivityEnabled	bool	false	Set by the NIC; two-leg (split-capable) bearers
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcTmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.RlcTmEntity”	RLC entity types (compound modules): lteRlc* = LTE-FI bearers (TS 36.322), nrRlc* = NR bearers (SI/SO wire format, TS 38.322)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcUmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcUmEntity”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcAmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcAmEntity”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcUmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcUmEntity”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcAmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcAmEntity”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.registrationModule	string	“^.registration”	Module references for accessing other stack layers
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.drbTableModule	string	“^.drbTable”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.ip2nicModule	string	“^.^.ip2nic”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”	Attachment-ledger push target (UE only)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpMuxModule	string	“^.^.pdcpMux”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpDcMuxModule	string	“^.^.pdcpDcMux”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.d2dModeControllerModule	string	“^.d2dModeController”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcMuxModule	string	“^.^.rlcMux”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcMuxModule	string	“^.^.nrRlcMux”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrMacModule	string	“^.^.nrMac”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.sdapModule	string	“^.^.sdap”	Configuration push target; unresolvable (no SDAP on the NIC) = no pushes
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.qosFlowClassifierModule	string	“^.^.qosFlowClassifier”	Uplink QFI rule push target; unresolvable (not a UE stack with SDAP) = no pushes
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerConfiguratorModule	string	“bearerConfigurator”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.coreControlModule	string	“coreControl”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.bearerManagement”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserModule	string	“^.^.^.relay.gtpUser”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserX2Module	string	“^.^.^.gtpUserX2”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macNodeId	int		The base station’s node id; the NIC sets it from the node’s
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gateway	string	“”	The node’s core network gateway, as its gateway parameter names it; ignored at a node not connected to a core network (a secondary node)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.dynamicCellAssociation	bool	false
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.enableHandover	bool	false	Allows handovers in the UE
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.isNr	bool		Whether this instance is associated with the NR or the LTE stack
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macNodeId	int		MacNodeId of the stack leg this controller belongs to (set by the NIC)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.sessionType	string		The type of the session the UE requests at connection setup (see LteUe), set by the NIC
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverLatency	double	50ms	Handover duration
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverDetachmentTime	double	handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency/2 : 25ms
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverAttachmentTime	double	handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency-handoverDetachmentTime : handoverDetachmentTime
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssiDefault	bool	true	Whether minRssi is taken from PhyPisaData instead of the minRssi parameter
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssi	double	-99.0dB	Configurable minimum threshold RSSI for attaching to an eNB (meaningful only if minRssiDefault==false)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hysteresisFactor	double	10
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.bearerManagement”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.feedbackGeneratorModule	string	“^.^.dlFbGen”	TODO or “^.^.nrDlFbGen”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.otherConnectionControlModule	string	“”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hasCollector	bool	false	True when node has a collector module (ueCollector/nrUeCollector) for this PHY module
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.modeSelectionPeriod	double	1s
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.d2dBinderModule	string	“d2dBinder”	The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point, which knows the UEs handing over
masterEnb2.cellularNic.rlcMux.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.rrc.bearerManagement”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.phy.isNr	bool	false	True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb on their PHY submodule)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.phy.macNodeId	int		MacNodeId of the stack leg this PHY belongs to (set by the NIC)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.phy.ueTxPower	double	26dBm
masterEnb2.cellularNic.phy.eNodeBTxPower	double	46dBm
masterEnb2.cellularNic.phy.microTxPower	double	30dBm
masterEnb2.cellularNic.phy.txDirection	string	“OMNI”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.phy.txAngle	double	0deg
masterEnb2.cellularNic.phy.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.phy.channelModelModule	string	“^.channelModel[0]”	Set to “^.nrChannelModel[0]” on an NR leg, see NrNicUe
masterEnb2.cellularNic.phy.enableHandover	bool	false	Marks this eNB as a handover target: its beacons are used by UEs for handover feasibility assessment. Requires enableBeacons=true (the default when handover is on); the module errors out at initialization if beacons are disabled while handover is enabled.
masterEnb2.cellularNic.phy.enableBeacons	bool	enableHandover	Enables broadcasting periodic beacons (at cellInfo.beaconInterval). Beacons are the measurement signal UEs use both for handover feasibility assessment and for radio link monitoring (RLF detection), decoupled from enableHandover so radio link monitoring can run without handover. Defaults to enableHandover (beacons flow exactly when handover is enabled). cellInfo.beaconInterval must be positive: a zero/negative interval is an error – switch beacons off with enableBeacons=false.
masterEnb2.cellularNic.phy.targetBler	double	0.001
masterEnb2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.macModule	string	“^.mac”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pdcpModule	string	“^”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.rlcModule	string	“^”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.isNrObserver	bool	false
masterEnb2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pfmType	string	“PacketFlowObserverEnb”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.pdcpDcMux.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.rrc.bearerManagement”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.x2Manager.interfaceTableModule	string
masterEnb2.cellularNic.x2Manager.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.compManager.compNodeType	string	“COMP_CLIENT”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.compManager.coordinatorId	int		ID of the coordinator node
masterEnb2.cellularNic.compManager.clientList	object	[]	Space-separated list of client node identifiers
masterEnb2.cellularNic.compManager.coordinationPeriod	double	0.001s	The time interval between two coordination events
masterEnb2.cellularNic.compManager.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.handoverX2Forwarder.losslessHandover	bool	false
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.subjectModule	string	“^”	The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule	string	“”	The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX	double	-inf m	The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY	double	-inf m	The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ	double	-inf m	The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX	double	inf m	The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY	double	inf m	The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ	double	inf m	The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialX	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialY	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialZ	double	nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ))
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLatitude	double	nan deg
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLongitude	double	nan deg
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialAltitude	double	0m
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialHeading	double	0deg
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialElevation	double	0deg
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialBank	double	0deg
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.computeAvgInterference	bool
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate	bool
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.useProbabilisticCqi	bool
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.backgroundTrafficManagerModule	string	“^.^.manager”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeDl	double	-1s
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeUl	double	-1s
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.headerLen	int	33B
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.txPower	double	26dBm
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.fbPeriod	int	6tti
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodDl	double	uniform(10ms,50ms)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodUl	double	uniform(10ms,50ms)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeDl	int	intuniform(20B,100B)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeUl	int	intuniform(20B,100B)
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateDl	double	0.1
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayDl	double	0.006s
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateUl	double	0.1
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayUl	double	0.006s
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanDl	double	15	These values are only considered when periodicCqi == false && computeAvgInterference == false
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanUl	double	15
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevDl	double	0
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevUl	double	0
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.numBgUes	int
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.phyModule	string	“^.^.phy”
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate	bool
masterEnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.computeAvgInterference	bool
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
masterEnb2.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
masterEnb2.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
masterEnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“configurator”	The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true	Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module)
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{routingTableStatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId	string	“auto”	For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes	string	“*”	Maintain netmask routes for interfaces
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	true	Turns IP forwarding on/off
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false	Turns multicast forwarding on/off
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile	string	“”	Routing table file name
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numNatEntries} entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config	xml	xml(“<config></config>”)	XML configuration parameters for network address translation
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.enabled	bool	true
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryInterval	double	125s
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.groupMembershipInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.otherQuerierPresentInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2)
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryInterval	double	1s
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.quoteLength	int	8B	Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv4StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.arpModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.icmpModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.timeToLive	int	32
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.multicastTimeToLive	int	32
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.fragmentTimeout	double	60s
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.limitedBroadcast	bool	false	Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.directBroadcastInterfaces	string	“”	List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces)
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableLocalOutMulticastRouting	bool	false	Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableTimestampOption	bool	false	When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.maxLifetime	double	-1s	Packets older than the limit are discarded
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryTimeout	double	1s	Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryCount	int	3	Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.cacheTimeout	double	120s	Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.proxyArpInterfaces	string	“*”	List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default)
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocol	string	“ipv4”	address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer)
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“”	The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes	xml	xml(“<routingTable/>”)
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	false
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter	bool	this.forwarding
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag	bool	false	“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag	bool	false	“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu	int	1280	MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include)
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit	int	30	Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified)
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime	double	-1s	Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval)
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.mldModule	string	“”	Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module	string
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module	string
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs	double	200s	RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval)
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs	double	600s	RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime	double	3600s	advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits	int	1	RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD)
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad	bool	false	RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement	bool	true	if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements)
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer	double	1s	RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime	double	30s	RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime	double	uniform(0s, 0.3s)	random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime	double	uniform(0.4s, 1s)	random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv6StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6Module	string
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.procDelay	double	0s
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.sendRedirects	bool	true	RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm.
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingUpdateListModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingCacheModule	string
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isHomeAgent	bool
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isMobileNode	bool
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxHaBindingLifeTime	double	3600s	max binding lifetime for HA registration
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxRrBindingLifeTime	double	420s	max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization)
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.useRouteOptimization	bool	true	whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.buList ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string		path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isLocalMobilityAnchor	bool	false	(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically)
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isMobileAccessGateway	bool	false
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.localMobilityAnchorAddress	string	“”	MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.mobileNodeProfiles	xml	xml(“<mobileNodes/>”)	MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface)
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.bindingLifetime	double	3600s	lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvValidLifetime	double	3600s	MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvPreferredLifetime	double	1800s	MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.routingTableModule	string		path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”	how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.enabled	bool	true	when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above)
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s	host: delay before the repeated Report after a join
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryInterval	double	125s	querier: interval between periodic General Queries
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s	querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.multicastListenerInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval	querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV)
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4	querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV)
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryInterval	double	1s	querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done
masterEnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV)
masterEnb2.udp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.udp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
masterEnb2.udp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb2.udp ↗.defaultMulticastLoop	bool	true
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.advertisedWindow	int	14 * this.mss	In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size)
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.delayedAcksEnabled	bool	false	Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true	Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.limitedTransmitEnabled	bool	false	Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl)
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.increasedIWEnabled	bool	false	Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.sackSupport	bool	false	Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.windowScalingSupport	bool	false	Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.windowScalingFactor	int	-1	Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits)
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.timestampSupport	bool	false	Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.mss	int	536	Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122.
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.msl	int	120s	Maximum Segment Lifetime
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.tcpAlgorithmClass	string	“TcpReno”
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.dupthresh	int	3	Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.initialSsthresh	int	0xFFFFFFFF	Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit…
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	0s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.ecnWillingness	bool	false	True if willing to use ECN
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.dctcpGamma	double	0.0625	A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2)
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.pmtudEnabled	bool	false	Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled
masterEnb2.tcp ↗.pmtudTimeout	double	600s	Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3)
masterEnb2.x2App.client.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{socketState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.x2App.client.localAddress	string	“”	Comma-separated list of addresses
masterEnb2.x2App.client.localPort	int	0	Port number to listen on
masterEnb2.x2App.client.connectAddress	string		Server address (may be symbolic)
masterEnb2.x2App.client.connectPort	int	5000	Port number to connect to
masterEnb2.x2App.client.startTime	double	0s	Time the first session begins
masterEnb2.x2App.client.numRequestsPerSession	int	1	Number of requests sent per session
masterEnb2.x2App.client.numPacketsToReceive	int	0
masterEnb2.x2App.client.requestLength	int	1452	Length of a request (bytes)
masterEnb2.x2App.client.thinkTime	double	0s	Time gap between requests
masterEnb2.x2App.client.waitToClose	double	0s	Time to wait between the last message sent and abort
masterEnb2.x2App.client.reconnectInterval	double	0s	If the connection breaks, waits this much before trying to reconnect
masterEnb2.x2App.client.inboundStreams	int	17
masterEnb2.x2App.client.outboundStreams	int	1
masterEnb2.x2App.client.echo	bool	false	Echoes received packages when true
masterEnb2.x2App.client.ordered	bool	true
masterEnb2.x2App.client.queueSize	int	0
masterEnb2.x2App.client.prMethod	int	0	0=NONE, 1=PR_TTL, 2=PR_RTX, 3=PR_PRIO, 4=PR_STRRST
masterEnb2.x2App.client.prValue	double	0	For PR-SCTP
masterEnb2.x2App.client.streamReset	bool	false
masterEnb2.x2App.client.streamRequestTime	double	0s
masterEnb2.x2App.client.streamResetType	int	5	NO_RESET=5, RESET_OUTGOING=6, RESET_INCOMING=7, RESET_BOTH=8, SSN_TSN=9
masterEnb2.x2App.client.streamToReset	int	0
masterEnb2.x2App.client.stopTime	double	-1s	Time of finishing sending, negative values mean forever
masterEnb2.x2App.client.primaryTime	double	0s
masterEnb2.x2App.client.newPrimary	string	“”
masterEnb2.x2App.client.streamRequestLengths	string	“”
masterEnb2.x2App.client.streamRequestRatio	string	“”
masterEnb2.x2App.client.streamPriorities	string	“”
masterEnb2.x2App.client.finishEndsSimulation	bool	false
masterEnb2.x2App.client.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.x2App.server.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.x2App.server.localAddress	string	“”	Comma-separated list of addresses
masterEnb2.x2App.server.localPort	int	0	Port number to listen on
masterEnb2.x2App.server.echo	bool	false	Echoes received packages when true
masterEnb2.x2App.server.echoDelay	double	0s
masterEnb2.x2App.server.delayFirstRead	double	0s
masterEnb2.x2App.server.readingInterval	double	0s
masterEnb2.x2App.server.messagesToPush	int	0
masterEnb2.x2App.server.numPacketsToSendPerClient	int	0	Number of requests sent per session
masterEnb2.x2App.server.numPacketsToReceivePerClient	int	1
masterEnb2.x2App.server.requestLength	int	1452	Length of a request (bytes)
masterEnb2.x2App.server.thinkTime	double	0s	Time gap between requests
masterEnb2.x2App.server.waitToClose	double	0s	Time to wait between last message sent and abort
masterEnb2.x2App.server.finishEndsSimulation	bool	false
masterEnb2.x2App.server.ordered	bool	true
masterEnb2.x2App.server.inboundStreams	int	17
masterEnb2.x2App.server.outboundStreams	int	1
masterEnb2.x2App.server.queueSize	int	0
masterEnb2.x2App.server.prMethod	int	0	0=NONE, 1=PR_TTL, 2=PR_RTX, 3=PR_PRIO, 4=PR_STRRST
masterEnb2.x2App.server.prValue	double	0	For PR-SCTP
masterEnb2.x2App.server.streamReset	bool	false
masterEnb2.x2App.server.streamRequestTime	double	0s
masterEnb2.x2App.server.streamToReset	int	0
masterEnb2.x2App.server.streamPriorities	string	“”
masterEnb2.x2App.server.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.routingTableModule	string
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.numGapReports	int	3
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.rtoInitial	double	3s
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.rtoMin	double	1s
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.rtoMax	double	60s
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.rtoAlpha	double	0.125
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.rtoBeta	double	0.250
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.maxBurst	int	4
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.maxBurstVariant	string	“maxBurst”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.initialWindow	int	0
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.assocMaxRetrans	int	10
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.pathMaxRetrans	int	5
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.maxInitRetrans	int	8
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.sackPeriod	double	200ms
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.sackFrequency	int	2
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.reactivatePrimaryPath	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.sendQueueLimit	int	0
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.validCookieLifetime	double	10s
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.enableHeartbeats	bool	true
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.hbInterval	double	30s
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.sendHeartbeatsOnActivePaths	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.naglePoint	int	1468
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.fragPoint	int	1452	Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.fastRecoverySupported	bool	true
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.sctpAlgorithmClass	string	“SctpAlg”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.ccModule	int	0	RFC4960=0
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.osbWithHeader	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.RTXMethod	int	0	0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.ssModule	int	0	ROUND_ROBIN=0
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.arwnd	int	65535
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.swsLimit	int	3000	Limit for SWS
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.udpEncapsEnabled	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.natFriendly	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerRcvdChunk	int	0	For flow control
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerPeerChunk	int	0	For flow control
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.tellArwnd	bool	false	For flow control
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.messageAcceptLimit	int	0	For flow control
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.fairStart	double	0s
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.fairStop	double	0s
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.streamsToPaths	string	“”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.startEndToEndDelay	int	0
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.stopEndToEndDelay	int	10
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.throughputInterval	double	1
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.auth	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.chunks	string	“”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.padding	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.addIP	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.addTime	double	0s
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.addAddress	string	“”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.addIpType	string	“0”	SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.packetDrop	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.sackNow	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.highSpeedCC	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.checkSackSeqNumber	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.nrSack	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.disableReneging	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.gapReportLimit	int	100000000
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.gapListOptimizationVariant	string	“none”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.smartOverfullSACKHandling	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.allowQoSTracking	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.qosTrackingInterval	double	1.0s
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtSendAllVariant	string	“normal”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtRetransmissionVariant	string	“normal”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtCUCVariant	string	“normal”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplitVariant	string	“none”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplittingUsesOSB	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtUseSFR	bool	true
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtUseDAC	bool	true
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtUseFRC	bool	true
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtSmartT3Reset	bool	true
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtSmartFastRTX	bool	true
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtSmartReneging	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtSlowPathRTTUpdate	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingVariant	string	“none”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingThreshold	double	0.5
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtMovedChunksReduceCwnd	bool	true
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.movedChunkFastRTXFactor	double	2.0
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtSackPath	string	“standard”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.strictCwndBooking	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtCCVariant	string	“off”	CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.cmtCCPathGroups	string	“”
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.rpPathBlocking	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.rpScaleBlockingTimeout	bool	false
masterEnb2.sctp ↗.rpMinCwnd	int	1
masterEnb2.at ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.at ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb2.at ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.at ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.at ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.at ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.at ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.tn ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.tn ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb2.tn ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.tn ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.tn ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.tn ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.tn ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.nl ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
masterEnb2.nl ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
masterEnb2.nl ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.nl ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
masterEnb2.nl ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.nl ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
masterEnb2.relay.trafficFlowFilter.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.relay.trafficFlowFilter.fastForwarding	bool	true
masterEnb2.relay.gtpUser.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.relay.gtpUser.localPort	int	31
masterEnb2.relay.gtpUser.tunnelPeerPort	int	31
masterEnb2.gtpUserX2.binderModule	string	“binder”
masterEnb2.gtpUserX2.localPort	int	32
masterEnb2.gtpUserX2.tunnelPeerPort	int	32
secondaryGnb2.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInterfaces} interfaces”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses	bool	false	Whether to display IP addresses on links
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.subjectModule	string	“^”	The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule	string	“”	The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive)
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX	double	-inf m	The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY	double	-inf m	The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ	double	-inf m	The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX	double	inf m	The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY	double	inf m	The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ	double	inf m	The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.initialX	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX)
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.initialY	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY)
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.initialZ	double	nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ))
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.initialLatitude	double	nan deg
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.initialLongitude	double	nan deg
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.initialAltitude	double	0m
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.initialHeading	double	0deg
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.initialElevation	double	0deg
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.initialBank	double	0deg
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string
secondaryGnb2.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.constraintAreaMinX	double	-1m/0	The minimum X-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.constraintAreaMinY	double	-1m/0	The minimum Y-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.constraintAreaMaxX	double	1m/0	The maximum X-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.constraintAreaMaxY	double	1m/0	The maximum Y-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.beaconInterval	double	1s	Interval for sending broadcast messages (used for handover or DAS)
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.microCell	bool	false	Type of eNodeB (MICRO / MACRO) - valid only for eNodeBs
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.rbyDl	int	12	Number of sub-carriers per RB in DL
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.rbyUl	int	12	Number of sub-carriers per RB in UL
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.rbxDl	int	7	Number of OFDM symbols per slot in DL
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.rbxUl	int	7	Number of OFDM symbols per slot in UL
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.rbPilotDl	int	3	Number of pilot Resource Elements per RB in DL
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.rbPilotUl	int	0	Number of pilot Resource Elements per RB in UL
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.signalDl	int	1	Number of signaling symbols for each Resource Block in DL
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.signalUl	int	1	Number of signaling symbols for each Resource Block in UL
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.numPreferredBands	int	1	Number of preferred bands to use (relevant only in PREFERRED mode)
secondaryGnb2.cellInfo.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.handoverPacketHolder.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.connectionControlModule	string	“^.rrc.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point, asked for a bearer on a lookup miss
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.isNr	bool	false	True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb, or in the ini for a DC master eNB)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.hasSdap	bool	false	When true, SDAP handles DRB/RLC assignment; Ip2Nic skips traffic classification
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.sessionType	string	“”	UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe), which the payload the NIC delivers up is of; set by the NIC
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.establishBearersOnDemand	bool	true	When false, a packet that finds no established bearer raises an error instead of establishing one (static bearers are established up front; see the staticDrbs parameter of BearerConfigurator)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.ip2nic.d2dBinderModule	string	“d2dBinder”	The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceName	string	“cellular”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), told about a multicast group join
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.sessionType	string	“”	UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe): a UE created during the run gets an IPv4 default route through the NIC only on an IP session, and the NIC of an Ethernet session is an Ethernet port; set by the NIC
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.binderModule	string	“binder”	To reach a peer’s BearerManagement on RLF
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), which a torn-down bearer’s DRB identity goes back through
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.t311	double	0s	RRC re-establishment cell-selection timer (0 => release-to-IDLE)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.t301	double	0.1s	RRC re-establishment (request -> complete) timer
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.headerCompressedSize	int	-1B	Removed, an error if set: header compression is configured per bearer (the rohc field of BearerConfigurator’s bearer definitions)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.pdcp.LtePdcpEntity”	PDCP entity types: the full PDCP entity is a compound (PdcpEntityBase, TX+RX sides plus the leg split/join stage of a multi-leg bearer); the instantiable types are its subclasses (LtePdcpEntity, NrPdcpEntity). At a DC secondary a bearer’s PDCP lives at the master, so the secondary installs an PdcpRelayEntity (tunnels PDUs to/from the master) in its place.
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpRelayEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.pdcp.PdcpRelayEntity”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.dualConnectivityEnabled	bool	false	Set by the NIC; two-leg (split-capable) bearers
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcTmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.RlcTmEntity”	RLC entity types (compound modules): lteRlc* = LTE-FI bearers (TS 36.322), nrRlc* = NR bearers (SI/SO wire format, TS 38.322)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcUmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcUmEntity”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcAmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcAmEntity”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcUmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcUmEntity”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcAmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcAmEntity”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.registrationModule	string	“^.registration”	Module references for accessing other stack layers
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.drbTableModule	string	“^.drbTable”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.ip2nicModule	string	“^.^.ip2nic”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”	Attachment-ledger push target (UE only)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpMuxModule	string	“^.^.pdcpMux”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpDcMuxModule	string	“^.^.pdcpDcMux”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.d2dModeControllerModule	string	“^.d2dModeController”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcMuxModule	string	“^.^.rlcMux”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcMuxModule	string	“^.^.nrRlcMux”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrMacModule	string	“^.^.nrMac”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.sdapModule	string	“^.^.sdap”	Configuration push target; unresolvable (no SDAP on the NIC) = no pushes
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.qosFlowClassifierModule	string	“^.^.qosFlowClassifier”	Uplink QFI rule push target; unresolvable (not a UE stack with SDAP) = no pushes
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerConfiguratorModule	string	“bearerConfigurator”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.coreControlModule	string	“coreControl”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.bearerManagement”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserModule	string	“^.^.^.relay.gtpUser”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserX2Module	string	“^.^.^.gtpUserX2”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macNodeId	int		The base station’s node id; the NIC sets it from the node’s
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gateway	string	“”	The node’s core network gateway, as its gateway parameter names it; ignored at a node not connected to a core network (a secondary node)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.dynamicCellAssociation	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.enableHandover	bool	false	Allows handovers in the UE
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.isNr	bool		Whether this instance is associated with the NR or the LTE stack
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macNodeId	int		MacNodeId of the stack leg this controller belongs to (set by the NIC)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.sessionType	string		The type of the session the UE requests at connection setup (see LteUe), set by the NIC
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverLatency	double	50ms	Handover duration
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverDetachmentTime	double	handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency/2 : 25ms
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverAttachmentTime	double	handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency-handoverDetachmentTime : handoverDetachmentTime
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssiDefault	bool	true	Whether minRssi is taken from PhyPisaData instead of the minRssi parameter
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssi	double	-99.0dB	Configurable minimum threshold RSSI for attaching to an eNB (meaningful only if minRssiDefault==false)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hysteresisFactor	double	10
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.bearerManagement”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.feedbackGeneratorModule	string	“^.^.dlFbGen”	TODO or “^.^.nrDlFbGen”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.otherConnectionControlModule	string	“”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hasCollector	bool	false	True when node has a collector module (ueCollector/nrUeCollector) for this PHY module
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.modeSelectionPeriod	double	1s
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.d2dBinderModule	string	“d2dBinder”	The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point, which knows the UEs handing over
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.rlcMux.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.rrc.bearerManagement”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.phy.isNr	bool	false	True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb on their PHY submodule)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.phy.macNodeId	int		MacNodeId of the stack leg this PHY belongs to (set by the NIC)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.phy.ueTxPower	double	26dBm
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.phy.eNodeBTxPower	double	46dBm
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.phy.microTxPower	double	30dBm
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.phy.txDirection	string	“OMNI”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.phy.txAngle	double	0deg
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.phy.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.phy.channelModelModule	string	“^.channelModel[0]”	Set to “^.nrChannelModel[0]” on an NR leg, see NrNicUe
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.phy.enableHandover	bool	false	Marks this eNB as a handover target: its beacons are used by UEs for handover feasibility assessment. Requires enableBeacons=true (the default when handover is on); the module errors out at initialization if beacons are disabled while handover is enabled.
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.phy.enableBeacons	bool	enableHandover	Enables broadcasting periodic beacons (at cellInfo.beaconInterval). Beacons are the measurement signal UEs use both for handover feasibility assessment and for radio link monitoring (RLF detection), decoupled from enableHandover so radio link monitoring can run without handover. Defaults to enableHandover (beacons flow exactly when handover is enabled). cellInfo.beaconInterval must be positive: a zero/negative interval is an error – switch beacons off with enableBeacons=false.
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.phy.targetBler	double	0.001
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.macModule	string	“^.mac”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pdcpModule	string	“^”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.rlcModule	string	“^”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.isNrObserver	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pfmType	string	“PacketFlowObserverEnb”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.pdcpDcMux.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.rrc.bearerManagement”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.x2Manager.interfaceTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.x2Manager.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.compManager.compNodeType	string	“COMP_CLIENT”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.compManager.coordinatorId	int		ID of the coordinator node
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.compManager.clientList	object	[]	Space-separated list of client node identifiers
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.compManager.coordinationPeriod	double	0.001s	The time interval between two coordination events
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.compManager.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.handoverX2Forwarder.losslessHandover	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.subjectModule	string	“^”	The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule	string	“”	The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX	double	-inf m	The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY	double	-inf m	The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ	double	-inf m	The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX	double	inf m	The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY	double	inf m	The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ	double	inf m	The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialX	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialY	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialZ	double	nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ))
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLatitude	double	nan deg
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLongitude	double	nan deg
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialAltitude	double	0m
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialHeading	double	0deg
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialElevation	double	0deg
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialBank	double	0deg
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.computeAvgInterference	bool
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate	bool
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.useProbabilisticCqi	bool
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.backgroundTrafficManagerModule	string	“^.^.manager”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeDl	double	-1s
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeUl	double	-1s
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.headerLen	int	33B
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.txPower	double	26dBm
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.fbPeriod	int	6tti
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodDl	double	uniform(10ms,50ms)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodUl	double	uniform(10ms,50ms)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeDl	int	intuniform(20B,100B)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeUl	int	intuniform(20B,100B)
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateDl	double	0.1
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayDl	double	0.006s
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateUl	double	0.1
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayUl	double	0.006s
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanDl	double	15	These values are only considered when periodicCqi == false && computeAvgInterference == false
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanUl	double	15
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevDl	double	0
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevUl	double	0
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.numBgUes	int
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.phyModule	string	“^.^.phy”
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate	bool
secondaryGnb2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.computeAvgInterference	bool
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
secondaryGnb2.pppIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
secondaryGnb2.x2ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
secondaryGnb2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“configurator”	The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true	Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module)
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{routingTableStatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId	string	“auto”	For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes	string	“*”	Maintain netmask routes for interfaces
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	true	Turns IP forwarding on/off
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false	Turns multicast forwarding on/off
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile	string	“”	Routing table file name
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numNatEntries} entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config	xml	xml(“<config></config>”)	XML configuration parameters for network address translation
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.enabled	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryInterval	double	125s
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.groupMembershipInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.otherQuerierPresentInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2)
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryInterval	double	1s
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.quoteLength	int	8B	Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv4StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.arpModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.icmpModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.timeToLive	int	32
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.multicastTimeToLive	int	32
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.fragmentTimeout	double	60s
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.limitedBroadcast	bool	false	Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.directBroadcastInterfaces	string	“”	List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces)
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableLocalOutMulticastRouting	bool	false	Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableTimestampOption	bool	false	When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.maxLifetime	double	-1s	Packets older than the limit are discarded
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryTimeout	double	1s	Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryCount	int	3	Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.cacheTimeout	double	120s	Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.proxyArpInterfaces	string	“*”	List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default)
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocol	string	“ipv4”	address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer)
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“”	The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes	xml	xml(“<routingTable/>”)
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter	bool	this.forwarding
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag	bool	false	“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag	bool	false	“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu	int	1280	MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include)
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit	int	30	Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified)
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime	double	-1s	Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval)
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.mldModule	string	“”	Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs	double	200s	RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval)
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs	double	600s	RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime	double	3600s	advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits	int	1	RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD)
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad	bool	false	RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement	bool	true	if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements)
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer	double	1s	RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime	double	30s	RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime	double	uniform(0s, 0.3s)	random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime	double	uniform(0.4s, 1s)	random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv6StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6Module	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.procDelay	double	0s
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.sendRedirects	bool	true	RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm.
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingUpdateListModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingCacheModule	string
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isHomeAgent	bool
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isMobileNode	bool
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxHaBindingLifeTime	double	3600s	max binding lifetime for HA registration
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxRrBindingLifeTime	double	420s	max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization)
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.useRouteOptimization	bool	true	whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.buList ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string		path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isLocalMobilityAnchor	bool	false	(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically)
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isMobileAccessGateway	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.localMobilityAnchorAddress	string	“”	MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.mobileNodeProfiles	xml	xml(“<mobileNodes/>”)	MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface)
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.bindingLifetime	double	3600s	lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvValidLifetime	double	3600s	MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvPreferredLifetime	double	1800s	MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.routingTableModule	string		path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”	how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.enabled	bool	true	when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above)
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s	host: delay before the repeated Report after a join
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryInterval	double	125s	querier: interval between periodic General Queries
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s	querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.multicastListenerInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval	querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV)
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4	querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV)
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryInterval	double	1s	querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done
secondaryGnb2.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV)
secondaryGnb2.udp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.udp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
secondaryGnb2.udp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb2.udp ↗.defaultMulticastLoop	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.advertisedWindow	int	14 * this.mss	In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size)
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.delayedAcksEnabled	bool	false	Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true	Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.limitedTransmitEnabled	bool	false	Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl)
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.increasedIWEnabled	bool	false	Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.sackSupport	bool	false	Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.windowScalingSupport	bool	false	Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.windowScalingFactor	int	-1	Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits)
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.timestampSupport	bool	false	Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.mss	int	536	Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122.
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.msl	int	120s	Maximum Segment Lifetime
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.tcpAlgorithmClass	string	“TcpReno”
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.dupthresh	int	3	Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.initialSsthresh	int	0xFFFFFFFF	Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit…
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	0s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.ecnWillingness	bool	false	True if willing to use ECN
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.dctcpGamma	double	0.0625	A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2)
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.pmtudEnabled	bool	false	Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled
secondaryGnb2.tcp ↗.pmtudTimeout	double	600s	Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3)
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{socketState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.localAddress	string	“”	Comma-separated list of addresses
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.localPort	int	0	Port number to listen on
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.connectAddress	string		Server address (may be symbolic)
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.connectPort	int	5000	Port number to connect to
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.startTime	double	0s	Time the first session begins
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.numRequestsPerSession	int	1	Number of requests sent per session
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.numPacketsToReceive	int	0
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.requestLength	int	1452	Length of a request (bytes)
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.thinkTime	double	0s	Time gap between requests
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.waitToClose	double	0s	Time to wait between the last message sent and abort
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.reconnectInterval	double	0s	If the connection breaks, waits this much before trying to reconnect
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.inboundStreams	int	17
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.outboundStreams	int	1
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.echo	bool	false	Echoes received packages when true
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.ordered	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.queueSize	int	0
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.prMethod	int	0	0=NONE, 1=PR_TTL, 2=PR_RTX, 3=PR_PRIO, 4=PR_STRRST
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.prValue	double	0	For PR-SCTP
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.streamReset	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.streamRequestTime	double	0s
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.streamResetType	int	5	NO_RESET=5, RESET_OUTGOING=6, RESET_INCOMING=7, RESET_BOTH=8, SSN_TSN=9
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.streamToReset	int	0
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.stopTime	double	-1s	Time of finishing sending, negative values mean forever
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.primaryTime	double	0s
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.newPrimary	string	“”
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.streamRequestLengths	string	“”
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.streamRequestRatio	string	“”
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.streamPriorities	string	“”
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.finishEndsSimulation	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.x2App.client.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.localAddress	string	“”	Comma-separated list of addresses
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.localPort	int	0	Port number to listen on
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.echo	bool	false	Echoes received packages when true
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.echoDelay	double	0s
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.delayFirstRead	double	0s
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.readingInterval	double	0s
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.messagesToPush	int	0
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.numPacketsToSendPerClient	int	0	Number of requests sent per session
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.numPacketsToReceivePerClient	int	1
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.requestLength	int	1452	Length of a request (bytes)
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.thinkTime	double	0s	Time gap between requests
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.waitToClose	double	0s	Time to wait between last message sent and abort
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.finishEndsSimulation	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.ordered	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.inboundStreams	int	17
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.outboundStreams	int	1
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.queueSize	int	0
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.prMethod	int	0	0=NONE, 1=PR_TTL, 2=PR_RTX, 3=PR_PRIO, 4=PR_STRRST
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.prValue	double	0	For PR-SCTP
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.streamReset	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.streamRequestTime	double	0s
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.streamToReset	int	0
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.streamPriorities	string	“”
secondaryGnb2.x2App.server.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.routingTableModule	string
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.numGapReports	int	3
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.rtoInitial	double	3s
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.rtoMin	double	1s
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.rtoMax	double	60s
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.rtoAlpha	double	0.125
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.rtoBeta	double	0.250
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.maxBurst	int	4
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.maxBurstVariant	string	“maxBurst”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.initialWindow	int	0
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.assocMaxRetrans	int	10
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.pathMaxRetrans	int	5
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.maxInitRetrans	int	8
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.sackPeriod	double	200ms
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.sackFrequency	int	2
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.reactivatePrimaryPath	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.sendQueueLimit	int	0
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.validCookieLifetime	double	10s
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.enableHeartbeats	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.hbInterval	double	30s
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.sendHeartbeatsOnActivePaths	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.naglePoint	int	1468
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.fragPoint	int	1452	Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.fastRecoverySupported	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.sctpAlgorithmClass	string	“SctpAlg”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.ccModule	int	0	RFC4960=0
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.osbWithHeader	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.RTXMethod	int	0	0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.ssModule	int	0	ROUND_ROBIN=0
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.arwnd	int	65535
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.swsLimit	int	3000	Limit for SWS
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.udpEncapsEnabled	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.natFriendly	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerRcvdChunk	int	0	For flow control
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerPeerChunk	int	0	For flow control
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.tellArwnd	bool	false	For flow control
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.messageAcceptLimit	int	0	For flow control
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.fairStart	double	0s
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.fairStop	double	0s
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.streamsToPaths	string	“”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.startEndToEndDelay	int	0
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.stopEndToEndDelay	int	10
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.throughputInterval	double	1
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.auth	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.chunks	string	“”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.padding	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.addIP	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.addTime	double	0s
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.addAddress	string	“”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.addIpType	string	“0”	SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.packetDrop	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.sackNow	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.highSpeedCC	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.checkSackSeqNumber	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.nrSack	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.disableReneging	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.gapReportLimit	int	100000000
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.gapListOptimizationVariant	string	“none”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.smartOverfullSACKHandling	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.allowQoSTracking	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.qosTrackingInterval	double	1.0s
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtSendAllVariant	string	“normal”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtRetransmissionVariant	string	“normal”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtCUCVariant	string	“normal”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplitVariant	string	“none”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplittingUsesOSB	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtUseSFR	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtUseDAC	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtUseFRC	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtSmartT3Reset	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtSmartFastRTX	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtSmartReneging	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtSlowPathRTTUpdate	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingVariant	string	“none”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingThreshold	double	0.5
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtMovedChunksReduceCwnd	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.movedChunkFastRTXFactor	double	2.0
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtSackPath	string	“standard”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.strictCwndBooking	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtCCVariant	string	“off”	CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.cmtCCPathGroups	string	“”
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.rpPathBlocking	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.rpScaleBlockingTimeout	bool	false
secondaryGnb2.sctp ↗.rpMinCwnd	int	1
secondaryGnb2.at ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.at ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb2.at ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.at ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.at ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.at ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.at ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.tn ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.tn ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb2.tn ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.tn ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.tn ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.tn ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.tn ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.nl ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
secondaryGnb2.nl ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
secondaryGnb2.nl ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.nl ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.nl ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.nl ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
secondaryGnb2.relay.trafficFlowFilter.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.relay.trafficFlowFilter.fastForwarding	bool	true
secondaryGnb2.relay.gtpUser.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.relay.gtpUser.localPort	int	31
secondaryGnb2.relay.gtpUser.tunnelPeerPort	int	31
secondaryGnb2.gtpUserX2.binderModule	string	“binder”
secondaryGnb2.gtpUserX2.localPort	int	32
secondaryGnb2.gtpUserX2.tunnelPeerPort	int	32
bgCell.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
bgCell.mobility ↗.subjectModule	string	“^”	The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module
bgCell.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule	string	“”	The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive)
bgCell.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string
bgCell.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX	double	-inf m	The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
bgCell.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY	double	-inf m	The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
bgCell.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ	double	-inf m	The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
bgCell.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX	double	inf m	The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
bgCell.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY	double	inf m	The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
bgCell.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ	double	inf m	The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
bgCell.mobility ↗.initialX	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX)
bgCell.mobility ↗.initialY	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY)
bgCell.mobility ↗.initialZ	double	nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ))
bgCell.mobility ↗.initialLatitude	double	nan deg
bgCell.mobility ↗.initialLongitude	double	nan deg
bgCell.mobility ↗.initialAltitude	double	0m
bgCell.mobility ↗.initialHeading	double	0deg
bgCell.mobility ↗.initialElevation	double	0deg
bgCell.mobility ↗.initialBank	double	0deg
bgCell.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string
bgCell.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it
bgCell.bgChannelModel.binderModule	string	“binder”	Module references
bgCell.bgChannelModel.shadowing	bool	true	Enable/disable shadowing
bgCell.bgChannelModel.scenario	string	“URBAN_MACROCELL”	Path loss scenario, in ITU terminology
bgCell.bgChannelModel.nodebHeight	double	25m	eNodeB height
bgCell.bgChannelModel.buildingHeight	double	20m	Building height
bgCell.bgChannelModel.insideBuilding	bool	false	Determines if the UE is inside a building
bgCell.bgChannelModel.streetWidth	double	20m	TODO width
bgCell.bgChannelModel.ueHeight	double	1.5m
bgCell.bgChannelModel.tolerateMaxDistViolation	bool	false
bgCell.bgChannelModel.correlationDistance	double	50m
bgCell.bgChannelModel.antennaGainUe	double	0dBi	Antenna gain of the UE, relative to an isotropic antenna
bgCell.bgChannelModel.antennGainEnB	double	18dBi	Antenna gain of the eNodeB
bgCell.bgChannelModel.antennGainMicro	double	5dBi	Antenna gain of the micro node
bgCell.bgChannelModel.thermalNoise	double	-104.5dBm	Thermal noise for 10 MHz of bandwidth
bgCell.bgChannelModel.ueNoiseFigure	double	7dBm	UE noise figure
bgCell.bgChannelModel.bsNoiseFigure	double	5dBm	eNodeB noise figure
bgCell.bgChannelModel.cableLoss	double	2dB	Cable loss
bgCell.bgChannelModel.dynamicLos	bool	false	Whether LOS/NLOS is drawn per link from the scenario’s LOS probability; when false, it is fixed to fixedLos
bgCell.bgChannelModel.fixedLos	bool	false	LOS state of every link when dynamicLos is false: true = LOS, false = NLOS
bgCell.bgChannelModel.fading	bool	true	Enable/disable fading
bgCell.bgChannelModel.fadingType	string	“JAKES”	Fading type (JAKES or RAYLEIGH)
bgCell.bgChannelModel.numFadingPaths	int	6	If Jakes fading, this parameter specifies the number of paths (tap channel)
bgCell.bgChannelModel.delayRms	double	363ns
bgCell.bgChannelModel.bgCellInterference	bool	true	Whether interference from the other background cells is included in the SINR, in both UL and DL
bgCell.bgChannelModel.downlinkInterference	bool	true	Whether interference from other base stations is included in the DL SINR
bgCell.bgChannelModel.uplinkInterference	bool	true	Whether interference from the UEs of other cells is included in the UL SINR
bgCell.bgScheduler.binderModule	string	“binder”
bgCell.bgScheduler.channelModelModule	string	“^.bgChannelModel”
bgCell.bgScheduler.txPower	double	46dBm	Transmission power
bgCell.bgScheduler.txDirection	string	“OMNI”	Transmission direction
bgCell.bgScheduler.txAngle	double	0deg	Transmission angle
bgCell.bgScheduler.isNr	bool	false	Flag to indicate whether this is a NR base station
bgCell.bgScheduler.numerologyIndex	int	0	Operating carrier
bgCell.bgScheduler.carrierFrequency	double	2GHz	Operating carrier
bgCell.bgScheduler.numBands	int	6	Carrier bandwidth
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.subjectModule	string	“^”	The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule	string	“”	The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive)
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX	double	-inf m	The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY	double	-inf m	The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ	double	-inf m	The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX	double	inf m	The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY	double	inf m	The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ	double	inf m	The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialX	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX)
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialY	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY)
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialZ	double	nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ))
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLatitude	double	nan deg
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLongitude	double	nan deg
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialAltitude	double	0m
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialHeading	double	0deg
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialElevation	double	0deg
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialBank	double	0deg
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.computeAvgInterference	bool
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate	bool
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.useProbabilisticCqi	bool
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.backgroundTrafficManagerModule	string	“^.^.manager”
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeDl	double	-1s
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeUl	double	-1s
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.headerLen	int	33B
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.txPower	double	26dBm
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.fbPeriod	int	6tti
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodDl	double	uniform(10ms,50ms)
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodUl	double	uniform(10ms,50ms)
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeDl	int	intuniform(20B,100B)
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeUl	int	intuniform(20B,100B)
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateDl	double	0.1
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayDl	double	0.006s
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateUl	double	0.1
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayUl	double	0.006s
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanDl	double	15	These values are only considered when periodicCqi == false && computeAvgInterference == false
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanUl	double	15
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevDl	double	0
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevUl	double	0
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.binderModule	string	“binder”
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.numBgUes	int
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.phyModule	string	“^.^.phy”
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate	bool
bgCell.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.computeAvgInterference	bool
ue.status ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{stateStr}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.status ↗.initialStatus	string	“UP”	Initial status of the network node
ue.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.mobility ↗.subjectModule	string	“^”	The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module
ue.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule	string	“”	The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive)
ue.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string
ue.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX	double	-inf m	The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
ue.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY	double	-inf m	The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
ue.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ	double	-inf m	The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity)
ue.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX	double	inf m	The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
ue.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY	double	inf m	The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
ue.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ	double	inf m	The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity)
ue.mobility ↗.initialX	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX)
ue.mobility ↗.initialY	double	uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY)
ue.mobility ↗.initialZ	double	nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ))
ue.mobility ↗.initialLatitude	double	nan deg
ue.mobility ↗.initialLongitude	double	nan deg
ue.mobility ↗.initialAltitude	double	0m
ue.mobility ↗.initialHeading	double	0deg
ue.mobility ↗.initialElevation	double	0deg
ue.mobility ↗.initialBank	double	0deg
ue.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string
ue.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString	bool	true	Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it
ue.environment ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.environment ↗.initStage	int	0	Initialization stage for the setup command
ue.environment ↗.globalNamespace	bool	false	Create new network namespaces under /var/run/netns/ (Linux only)
ue.environment ↗.namespace	string	“”	Name of the host OS network namespace (optional) (Linux only)
ue.environment ↗.setupCommand	string	“”	A host OS system command
ue.environment ↗.teardownCommand	string	“”	A host OS system command
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.moduleNamePatterns	string	“wlan[] eth[] ppp[*]”	Space-separated list of sibling module names to listen on
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
ue.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
ue.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInterfaces} interfaces”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses	bool	false	Whether to display IP addresses on links
ue.cb ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.cb ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
ue.cb ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
ue.cb ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
ue.cb ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
ue.cb ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
ue.cb ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
ue.bl ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.bl ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
ue.bl ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
ue.bl ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
ue.bl ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
ue.bl ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
ue.bl ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
ue.ethernet ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“passed up: {totalFromMAC}\nsent: {totalFromHigherLayer}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ethernet ↗.registerProtocol	bool	false	FIXME //KLUDGE should redesign place of EthernetEncapsulation and LLC modules
ue.ethernet ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ethernet ↗.fcsMode	string	“declared”
ue.ethernet ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after the lifecycle stop operation has finished
ue.ethernet ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for the lifecycle stop operation
ue.li ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.li ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
ue.li ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
ue.li ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
ue.li ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
ue.li ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
ue.li ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
ue.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
ue.lo ↗.lo ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rcv:{numRcvdOK} snt:{numSent}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.lo ↗.lo ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.lo ↗.lo ↗.mtu	int	4470B
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
ue.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
ue.wlan ↗.mib ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“Address: {address}{ssidStr}\n{modeStr}{stationTypeStr}{qosStr}{associatedStr}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.agent ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.agent ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.wlan ↗.agent ↗.mibModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.agent ↗.activeScan	bool	true	Selects between active and passive scanning
ue.wlan ↗.agent ↗.channelsToScan	string	“”	List of channel numbers to scan (space delimited); empty means all channels
ue.wlan ↗.agent ↗.probeDelay	double	100ms	Delay before sending a probe request during active scanning
ue.wlan ↗.agent ↗.minChannelTime	double	150ms	Min interval to spend on a channel during active scanning
ue.wlan ↗.agent ↗.maxChannelTime	double	300ms	Channel time for passive scanning, and max channel time for active scanning
ue.wlan ↗.agent ↗.authenticationTimeout	double	5s	Timeout for the authentication procedure
ue.wlan ↗.agent ↗.associationTimeout	double	5s	Timeout for the association procedure
ue.wlan ↗.agent ↗.startingTime	double	-1s	Agent starting time.
ue.wlan ↗.agent ↗.defaultSsid	string	“”	List of allowed SSIDs to connect to; leave empty for no filtering
ue.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.numChannels	int	1	Number of channels to scan
ue.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.mibModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mgmt ↗.macModule	string		The path to the MAC module
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity	int	100	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInProgress} packets”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule	string	“^.pendingQueue”
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule	string	“^.^.originatorMacDataService”
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule	string	“^.^.ackHandler”
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{fsmState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy	bool	true	Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization	bool	true	We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold	int	1500B
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth	double	nan Hz	Unspecified by default
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams	int	-1	Unspecified by default
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit	int	7
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit	int	4
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout	double	-1s
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout	double	-1s
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold	int	2346B
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity	int	100	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numInProgress} packets”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule	string	“^.pendingQueue”
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule	string	“^.^.^.originatorMacDataService”
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule	string	“^.ackHandler”
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{fsmState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy	bool	true	Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization	bool	true	We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.txopLimit	double	-1s
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit	int	7
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit	int	4
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.collisionController ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit	int	7
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit	int	4
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.hcca ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.subframeNumThreshold	int	-1	Minimum number of subframes needed to compose an A-MSDU. (-1 means it won’t be checked)
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.aggregationLengthThreshold	int	-1	The minimum length for an aggregated payload necessary to create an A-MSDU (-1 means it won’t be checked).
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.maxAMsduSize	int	4065	-1 means infinity
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.qOsCheck	bool	true	Turns on/off the check of the presence of the QoS flag (false means off – this is needed for aggregation in DCF mode).
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.mpduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold	int	1500B
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseBlockAckFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth	double	nan Hz	Unspecified by default
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams	int	-1	Unspecified by default
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate	double	-1bps	Fastest
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate	double	-1bps
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckReqThreshold	int	5
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.maxBlockAckPolicyFrameLength	int	1000B
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeout	double	-1s
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout	double	-1s
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout	double	-1s
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold	int	2346B
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported	bool	false
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported	bool	true
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize	int	64
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue	double	0s	0 means that it depends on the originator
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported	bool	false
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported	bool	true
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize	int	64
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue	double	0s	0 means that it depends on the originator
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.ds ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.ds ↗.mibModule	string
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.rx ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{rxStatus}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.tx ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{txFramePrefix}{txState}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.wlan ↗.mac ↗.tx ↗.rxModule	string
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
ue.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
ue.ppp ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ppp ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity	int	10000	Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default
ue.ppp ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity	int	-1b	Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default
ue.ppp ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass	string	“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper”	Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
ue.ppp ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass	string	“”	Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class
ue.ppp ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule	string	“”	Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default
ue.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes	bool	false	When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out
ue.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.mtu	int	4470B
ue.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	-1s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
ue.ppp ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
ue.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
ue.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
ue.tun ↗.tun ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.tun ↗.tun ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.tun ↗.tun ↗.mtu	int	1500B
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
ue.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
ue.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
ue.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.realInterface	string
ue.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.protocol	string	vlanId != -1 ? “ieee8021qctag” : “”
ue.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.address	string	“copy”
ue.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.vlanId	int	-1
ue.virt ↗.tunnel ↗.steal	bool	vlanId != -1
ue.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
ue.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“configurator”	The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
ue.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true	Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module)
ue.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{routingTableStatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId	string	“auto”	For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted
ue.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes	string	“*”	Maintain netmask routes for interfaces
ue.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	true	Turns IP forwarding on/off
ue.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false	Turns multicast forwarding on/off
ue.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
ue.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile	string	“”	Routing table file name
ue.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numNatEntries} entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
ue.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config	xml	xml(“<config></config>”)	XML configuration parameters for network address translation
ue.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
ue.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
ue.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
ue.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
ue.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
ue.ipv4 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.enabled	bool	true
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryInterval	double	125s
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.groupMembershipInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.otherQuerierPresentInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2)
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryInterval	double	1s
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.lastMemberQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable
ue.ipv4 ↗.igmp ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s
ue.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.routingTableModule	string
ue.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
ue.ipv4 ↗.icmp ↗.quoteLength	int	8B	Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply
ue.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
ue.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
ue.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
ue.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
ue.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
ue.ipv4 ↗.mp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv4StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.routingTableModule	string
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.arpModule	string
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.icmpModule	string
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.timeToLive	int	32
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.multicastTimeToLive	int	32
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.fragmentTimeout	double	60s
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.limitedBroadcast	bool	false	Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.directBroadcastInterfaces	string	“”	List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces)
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableLocalOutMulticastRouting	bool	false	Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.enableTimestampOption	bool	false	When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header
ue.ipv4 ↗.ip ↗.maxLifetime	double	-1s	Packets older than the limit are discarded
ue.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.routingTableModule	string
ue.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryTimeout	double	1s	Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address
ue.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.retryCount	int	3	Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address
ue.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.cacheTimeout	double	120s	Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out
ue.ipv4 ↗.arp ↗.proxyArpInterfaces	string	“*”	List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default)
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocolModule	string	“^.ip”
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.networkProtocol	string	“ipv4”	address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer)
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
ue.ipv4 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
ue.ipv4 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv4 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
ue.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
ue.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
ue.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
ue.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
ue.ipv4 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
ue.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
ue.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule	string
ue.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule	string	“”	The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator
ue.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable	bool	true
ue.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes	xml	xml(“<routingTable/>”)
ue.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding	bool	false
ue.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter	bool	this.forwarding
ue.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding	bool	false
ue.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist	bool	false	Use Cisco-like administrative distances
ue.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag	bool	false	“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs
ue.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag	bool	false	“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs
ue.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu	int	1280	MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include)
ue.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit	int	30	Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified)
ue.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime	double	-1s	Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval)
ue.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
ue.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
ue.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
ue.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
ue.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
ue.ipv6 ↗.up ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
ue.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
ue.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6 ↗.mldModule	string	“”	Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty
ue.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
ue.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
ue.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
ue.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
ue.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
ue.ipv6 ↗.lp ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module	string
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module	string
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule	string
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs	double	200s	RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval)
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs	double	600s	RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime	double	3600s	advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits	int	1	RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD)
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad	bool	false	RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement	bool	true	if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements)
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer	double	1s	RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime	double	30s	RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime	double	uniform(0s, 0.3s)	random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit
ue.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime	double	uniform(0.4s, 1s)	random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“{ipv6StatusText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTableModule	string
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.icmpv6Module	string
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.procDelay	double	0s
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipv6 ↗.sendRedirects	bool	true	RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm.
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdModule	string	“^.spd”
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.sadModule	string	“^.sad”
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.spdConfig	xml
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultProtection	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEspMode	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultEncryptionAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultAuthenticationAlg	string	“”	If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.defaultMaxTfcPadLength	int	0	Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.ahProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectOutDelay	double	0.0s
ue.ipv6 ↗.ipsec ↗.espProtectInDelay	double	0.0s
ue.ipv6 ↗.spd ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.sad ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“entries: {numEntries}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string
ue.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingUpdateListModule	string
ue.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.bindingCacheModule	string
ue.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isHomeAgent	bool
ue.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.isMobileNode	bool
ue.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxHaBindingLifeTime	double	3600s	max binding lifetime for HA registration
ue.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.maxRrBindingLifeTime	double	420s	max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization)
ue.ipv6 ↗.mipv6 ↗.useRouteOptimization	bool	true	whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel
ue.ipv6 ↗.buList ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.ipv6NeighbourDiscoveryModule	string		path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module
ue.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isLocalMobilityAnchor	bool	false	(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically)
ue.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.isMobileAccessGateway	bool	false
ue.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.localMobilityAnchorAddress	string	“”	MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with
ue.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.mobileNodeProfiles	xml	xml(“<mobileNodes/>”)	MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface)
ue.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.bindingLifetime	double	3600s	lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates
ue.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvValidLifetime	double	3600s	MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
ue.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvPreferredLifetime	double	1800s	MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.routingTableModule	string		path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”	how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.enabled	bool	true	when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above)
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.unsolicitedReportInterval	double	10s	host: delay before the repeated Report after a join
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.robustnessVariable	int	2	loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryInterval	double	125s	querier: interval between periodic General Queries
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.queryResponseInterval	double	10s	querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.multicastListenerInterval	double	(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval	querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV)
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryInterval	double	queryInterval / 4	querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.startupQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV)
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryInterval	double	1s	querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done
ue.ipv6 ↗.mld ↗.lastListenerQueryCount	int	robustnessVariable	querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV)
ue.nl ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.nl ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
ue.nl ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
ue.nl ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
ue.nl ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
ue.nl ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
ue.nl ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
ue.udp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.udp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		The path to the InterfaceTable module
ue.udp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
ue.udp ↗.defaultMulticastLoop	bool	true
ue.tcp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.tcp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
ue.tcp ↗.advertisedWindow	int	14 * this.mss	In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size)
ue.tcp ↗.delayedAcksEnabled	bool	false	Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled
ue.tcp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true	Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled
ue.tcp ↗.limitedTransmitEnabled	bool	false	Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl)
ue.tcp ↗.increasedIWEnabled	bool	false	Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled
ue.tcp ↗.sackSupport	bool	false	Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
ue.tcp ↗.windowScalingSupport	bool	false	Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
ue.tcp ↗.windowScalingFactor	int	-1	Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits)
ue.tcp ↗.timestampSupport	bool	false	Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it)
ue.tcp ↗.mss	int	536	Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122.
ue.tcp ↗.msl	int	120s	Maximum Segment Lifetime
ue.tcp ↗.tcpAlgorithmClass	string	“TcpReno”
ue.tcp ↗.dupthresh	int	3	Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing
ue.tcp ↗.initialSsthresh	int	0xFFFFFFFF	Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit…
ue.tcp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime	double	0s	Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished
ue.tcp ↗.stopOperationTimeout	double	2s	Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation
ue.tcp ↗.ecnWillingness	bool	false	True if willing to use ECN
ue.tcp ↗.dctcpGamma	double	0.0625	A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2)
ue.tcp ↗.pmtudEnabled	bool	false	Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled
ue.tcp ↗.pmtudTimeout	double	600s	Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3)
ue.sctp ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.sctp ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
ue.sctp ↗.routingTableModule	string
ue.sctp ↗.checksumMode	string	“declared”
ue.sctp ↗.numGapReports	int	3
ue.sctp ↗.rtoInitial	double	3s
ue.sctp ↗.rtoMin	double	1s
ue.sctp ↗.rtoMax	double	60s
ue.sctp ↗.rtoAlpha	double	0.125
ue.sctp ↗.rtoBeta	double	0.250
ue.sctp ↗.maxBurst	int	4
ue.sctp ↗.maxBurstVariant	string	“maxBurst”
ue.sctp ↗.initialWindow	int	0
ue.sctp ↗.assocMaxRetrans	int	10
ue.sctp ↗.pathMaxRetrans	int	5
ue.sctp ↗.maxInitRetrans	int	8
ue.sctp ↗.sackPeriod	double	200ms
ue.sctp ↗.sackFrequency	int	2
ue.sctp ↗.reactivatePrimaryPath	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.sendQueueLimit	int	0
ue.sctp ↗.validCookieLifetime	double	10s
ue.sctp ↗.enableHeartbeats	bool	true
ue.sctp ↗.hbInterval	double	30s
ue.sctp ↗.sendHeartbeatsOnActivePaths	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.nagleEnabled	bool	true
ue.sctp ↗.naglePoint	int	1468
ue.sctp ↗.fragPoint	int	1452	Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment
ue.sctp ↗.fastRecoverySupported	bool	true
ue.sctp ↗.sctpAlgorithmClass	string	“SctpAlg”
ue.sctp ↗.ccModule	int	0	RFC4960=0
ue.sctp ↗.osbWithHeader	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.RTXMethod	int	0	0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks
ue.sctp ↗.ssModule	int	0	ROUND_ROBIN=0
ue.sctp ↗.arwnd	int	65535
ue.sctp ↗.swsLimit	int	3000	Limit for SWS
ue.sctp ↗.udpEncapsEnabled	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.natFriendly	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerRcvdChunk	int	0	For flow control
ue.sctp ↗.bytesToAddPerPeerChunk	int	0	For flow control
ue.sctp ↗.tellArwnd	bool	false	For flow control
ue.sctp ↗.messageAcceptLimit	int	0	For flow control
ue.sctp ↗.fairStart	double	0s
ue.sctp ↗.fairStop	double	0s
ue.sctp ↗.streamsToPaths	string	“”
ue.sctp ↗.startEndToEndDelay	int	0
ue.sctp ↗.stopEndToEndDelay	int	10
ue.sctp ↗.throughputInterval	double	1
ue.sctp ↗.auth	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.chunks	string	“”
ue.sctp ↗.padding	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.addIP	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.addTime	double	0s
ue.sctp ↗.addAddress	string	“”
ue.sctp ↗.addIpType	string	“0”	SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154
ue.sctp ↗.packetDrop	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.sackNow	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.highSpeedCC	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.checkSackSeqNumber	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.nrSack	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.disableReneging	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.gapReportLimit	int	100000000
ue.sctp ↗.gapListOptimizationVariant	string	“none”
ue.sctp ↗.smartOverfullSACKHandling	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.allowQoSTracking	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.qosTrackingInterval	double	1.0s
ue.sctp ↗.cmtSendAllVariant	string	“normal”
ue.sctp ↗.cmtRetransmissionVariant	string	“normal”
ue.sctp ↗.cmtCUCVariant	string	“normal”
ue.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplitVariant	string	“none”
ue.sctp ↗.cmtBufferSplittingUsesOSB	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.cmtUseSFR	bool	true
ue.sctp ↗.cmtUseDAC	bool	true
ue.sctp ↗.cmtUseFRC	bool	true
ue.sctp ↗.cmtSmartT3Reset	bool	true
ue.sctp ↗.cmtSmartFastRTX	bool	true
ue.sctp ↗.cmtSmartReneging	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.cmtSlowPathRTTUpdate	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingVariant	string	“none”
ue.sctp ↗.cmtChunkReschedulingThreshold	double	0.5
ue.sctp ↗.cmtMovedChunksReduceCwnd	bool	true
ue.sctp ↗.movedChunkFastRTXFactor	double	2.0
ue.sctp ↗.cmtSackPath	string	“standard”
ue.sctp ↗.strictCwndBooking	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.cmtCCVariant	string	“off”	CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf
ue.sctp ↗.cmtCCPathGroups	string	“”
ue.sctp ↗.rpPathBlocking	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.rpScaleBlockingTimeout	bool	false
ue.sctp ↗.rpMinCwnd	int	1
ue.quic ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.quic ↗.routingTableModule	string		Set by StandardHost.
ue.quic ↗.sendZeroRttTokenAsServer	bool	false
ue.quic ↗.congestionControl	string	“NewReno”	Sets the congestion control algorithm (NewReno or No).
ue.quic ↗.accurateIncreaseInNewRenoCongestionAvoidance	bool	true	For NewReno in Congestion Avoidance, if true, increases cwnd after cwnd-acked bytes; if false, increases cwnd on every acked packet by acked_bytes/cwnd.
ue.quic ↗.sendQueueLimit	int	64MB	Sets the limit of the send queue in bytes.
ue.quic ↗.sendQueueLowWaterRatio	double	.4	Defines the send queue low water mark relative to the limit.
ue.quic ↗.initialMaxData	int	15MB	Connection level flow control credit. Used as own and peer’s value.
ue.quic ↗.initialMaxStreamData	int	6MB	Stream level flow control credit for any stream (unidirectional, bidirectional local and remote). Used as own and peer’s value.
ue.quic ↗.maxDataFrameThreshold	double	0.5*initialMaxData	Defines when MaxDataFrame in ConnectionFlowControl will be send.
ue.quic ↗.maxStreamDataFrameThreshold	double	0.5*initialMaxStreamData	Defines when MaxStreamDataFrame in StreamFlowControl will be send.
ue.quic ↗.roundConsumedDataValue	bool	false	If true, FlowControlResponder rounds consumedData in streamRcvBuffer to the next packetSize.
ue.quic ↗.sendMaxDataFramesImmediately	bool	false	If true, a MAX_(STREAM)_DATA frame is sent immediately, after generation. Otherwise, sending the frame is delayed until the sending process starts due to another event.
ue.quic ↗.bundleAckForNonAckElicitingPackets	bool	false	If true, bundles ack for non-ack-eliciting packets in an outgoing packet.
ue.quic ↗.numReceivedAckElicitingsBeforeAck	int	2	Number of ack eliciting packets a receiver waits for, before it sends an ACK, immediately.
ue.quic ↗.useIBit	bool	false	If true, an ACK frame is sent immediately upon an ack-eliciting packet with the I-Bit set.
ue.quic ↗.useDplpmtud	bool	false	If true, uses DPLPMTUD (RFC8899) to determine the PMTU.
ue.quic ↗.maxPmtu	int	65535B	With useDplpmtud, it is used as upper limit for the PMTU search. Without useDplpmtud, the PMTU is set to the minimum of the MTU of the outgoing interface and this value.
ue.quic ↗.dplpmtudMinPmtu	int	0	Specifies the minimum PMTU to use (if 0, it uses 1200 B for IPv4 or 1280 B for IPv6 as minimum PMTU).
ue.quic ↗.dplpmtudMaxProbes	int	3	Specifies the number of probe packet sent for one candidate before given up.
ue.quic ↗.dplpmtudUsePtb	bool	true	If true, uses ICMP Packet Too Big (PTB) messages for DPLPMTUD.
ue.quic ↗.dplpmtudCandidateSequence	string	“OptBinary”	Specifies the sequence of candidates used for the search algorithm of DPLPMTUD (Up, Down, OptUp, Binary, OptBinary, Jump).
ue.quic ↗.skipPacketNumberForDplpmtudProbePackets	bool	false	Specifies whether to skip a packet number for a DPLPMTUD probe packet in order to avoid ack delay.
ue.quic ↗.useCwndForParallelProbes	int	0	If 0, no parallel probe packets; if 1, uses the availbale cwnd to send additional probe packets and if 2 prefers to send probe packets over other packets.
ue.quic ↗.sendDataDuringInitalDplpmtudBase	bool	true	If false, waits for DPLPMTUD switching initially to SEARCH before start sending application data.
ue.quic ↗.dplpmtudUsePmtuValidator	bool	true	If true, activates the PMTU Validator that trys to detect when the current PMTU estimation is larger than the actual PMTU.
ue.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorLostPacketsThreshold	int	2	Specifies the number of lost data packets before assuming a decreased PMTU.
ue.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorTimeThreshold	double	-1s	Specifies the time threshold between two lost packets. If negative, pmtuValidatorSrttFactorThreshold is used instead.
ue.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorSrttFactorThreshold	int	1	If pmtuValidatorTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by SRTT is used instead.
ue.quic ↗.pmtuValidatorInvalidOnPersistentCongestion	int	1	If 0, disabled. If 1, the PMTU validator uses persistent congeation as signal for a decreased PMTU. If 2, only two consecutive persisten congestions used as signal. If 3, …
ue.quic ↗.reducePacketTimeThreshold	double	0s	Specifies after which time with no acks, packets with reduced size are sent. If zero, packet size reduction is disabled. If negative, reducePacketPtoFactorThreshold is used instead.
ue.quic ↗.reducePacketPtoFactorThreshold	int	3	If reducePacketTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by PTO is used instead.
ue.tn ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.tn ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
ue.tn ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
ue.tn ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
ue.tn ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
ue.tn ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
ue.tn ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
ue.at ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.at ↗.interfaceTableModule	string		Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module
ue.at ↗.forwardServiceRegistration	bool	true
ue.at ↗.forwardProtocolRegistration	bool	true
ue.at ↗.interfaceMapping	object	{}	Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default
ue.at ↗.serviceMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default
ue.at ↗.protocolMapping	object	{}	Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“rec: %n pks”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose	bool	true	Whether to log packets on the module output
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets	bool	true	Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets	bool	true	Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile	string	“”	The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap”
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat	string	“pcapng”
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen	int	65535	Maximum number of bytes to record per packet
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision	int	6	Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format).
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames	bool	true	Enable dump of frames with hasBitError
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames	string	“transmissionEnded”	Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames	string	“receptionEnded”	Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols	string	“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac”	Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter	object	“*”	Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers	string	“”	Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype
ue.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush	bool	false	Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash
ue.cellularNic.handoverPacketHolder.sessionType	string		The type of the UE’s session (see LteUe): the IP types parse the uplink datagram’s header for the modules after this one, the others carry the payload as is
ue.cellularNic.ip2nic.binderModule	string	“binder”
ue.cellularNic.ip2nic.connectionControlModule	string	“^.rrc.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point, asked for a bearer on a lookup miss
ue.cellularNic.ip2nic.isNr	bool	false	True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb, or in the ini for a DC master eNB)
ue.cellularNic.ip2nic.hasSdap	bool	false	When true, SDAP handles DRB/RLC assignment; Ip2Nic skips traffic classification
ue.cellularNic.ip2nic.sessionType	string	“”	UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe), which the payload the NIC delivers up is of; set by the NIC
ue.cellularNic.ip2nic.establishBearersOnDemand	bool	true	When false, a packet that finds no established bearer raises an error instead of establishing one (static bearers are established up front; see the staticDrbs parameter of BearerConfigurator)
ue.cellularNic.ip2nic.d2dBinderModule	string	“d2dBinder”	The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state
ue.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceTableModule	string
ue.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceName	string	“cellular”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.registration.routingTableModule	string
ue.cellularNic.rrc.registration.binderModule	string	“binder”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.registration.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), told about a multicast group join
ue.cellularNic.rrc.registration.sessionType	string	“”	UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe): a UE created during the run gets an IPv4 default route through the NIC only on an IP session, and the NIC of an Ethernet session is an Ethernet port; set by the NIC
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.binderModule	string	“binder”	To reach a peer’s BearerManagement on RLF
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), which a torn-down bearer’s DRB identity goes back through
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.t311	double	0s	RRC re-establishment cell-selection timer (0 => release-to-IDLE)
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.t301	double	0.1s	RRC re-establishment (request -> complete) timer
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.headerCompressedSize	int	-1B	Removed, an error if set: header compression is configured per bearer (the rohc field of BearerConfigurator’s bearer definitions)
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.pdcp.LtePdcpEntity”	PDCP entity types: the full PDCP entity is a compound (PdcpEntityBase, TX+RX sides plus the leg split/join stage of a multi-leg bearer); the instantiable types are its subclasses (LtePdcpEntity, NrPdcpEntity). At a DC secondary a bearer’s PDCP lives at the master, so the secondary installs an PdcpRelayEntity (tunnels PDUs to/from the master) in its place.
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpRelayEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.pdcp.PdcpRelayEntity”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.dualConnectivityEnabled	bool	false	Set by the NIC; two-leg (split-capable) bearers
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcTmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.RlcTmEntity”	RLC entity types (compound modules): lteRlc* = LTE-FI bearers (TS 36.322), nrRlc* = NR bearers (SI/SO wire format, TS 38.322)
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcUmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcUmEntity”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcAmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcAmEntity”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcUmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcUmEntity”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcAmEntityModuleType	string	“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcAmEntity”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.registrationModule	string	“^.registration”	Module references for accessing other stack layers
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.drbTableModule	string	“^.drbTable”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.ip2nicModule	string	“^.^.ip2nic”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”	Attachment-ledger push target (UE only)
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpMuxModule	string	“^.^.pdcpMux”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpDcMuxModule	string	“^.^.pdcpDcMux”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.d2dModeControllerModule	string	“^.d2dModeController”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcMuxModule	string	“^.^.rlcMux”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcMuxModule	string	“^.^.nrRlcMux”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrMacModule	string	“^.^.nrMac”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.sdapModule	string	“^.^.sdap”	Configuration push target; unresolvable (no SDAP on the NIC) = no pushes
ue.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.qosFlowClassifierModule	string	“^.^.qosFlowClassifier”	Uplink QFI rule push target; unresolvable (not a UE stack with SDAP) = no pushes
ue.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.binderModule	string	“binder”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerConfiguratorModule	string	“bearerConfigurator”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.coreControlModule	string	“coreControl”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.bearerManagement”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserModule	string	“^.^.^.relay.gtpUser”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserX2Module	string	“^.^.^.gtpUserX2”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macNodeId	int		The base station’s node id; the NIC sets it from the node’s
ue.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gateway	string	“”	The node’s core network gateway, as its gateway parameter names it; ignored at a node not connected to a core network (a secondary node)
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.dynamicCellAssociation	bool	false
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.enableHandover	bool	false	Allows handovers in the UE
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.isNr	bool		Whether this instance is associated with the NR or the LTE stack
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macNodeId	int		MacNodeId of the stack leg this controller belongs to (set by the NIC)
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.sessionType	string		The type of the session the UE requests at connection setup (see LteUe), set by the NIC
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverLatency	double	50ms	Handover duration
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverDetachmentTime	double	handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency/2 : 25ms
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverAttachmentTime	double	handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency-handoverDetachmentTime : handoverDetachmentTime
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssiDefault	bool	true	Whether minRssi is taken from PhyPisaData instead of the minRssi parameter
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssi	double	-99.0dB	Configurable minimum threshold RSSI for attaching to an eNB (meaningful only if minRssiDefault==false)
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hysteresisFactor	double	10
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.binderModule	string	“binder”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.bearerManagement”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule	string	“^.^.handoverPacketHolder”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.feedbackGeneratorModule	string	“^.^.dlFbGen”	TODO or “^.^.nrDlFbGen”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.otherConnectionControlModule	string	“”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hasCollector	bool	false	True when node has a collector module (ueCollector/nrUeCollector) for this PHY module
ue.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.modeSelectionPeriod	double	1s
ue.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.binderModule	string	“binder”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.d2dBinderModule	string	“d2dBinder”	The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state
ue.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.macModule	string	“^.^.mac”
ue.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.connectionControlModule	string	“^.connectionControl”	The node’s control-plane entry point, which knows the UEs handing over
ue.cellularNic.rlcMux.bearerManagementModule	string	“^.rrc.bearerManagement”
ue.cellularNic.phy.isNr	bool	false	True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb on their PHY submodule)
ue.cellularNic.phy.macNodeId	int		MacNodeId of the stack leg this PHY belongs to (set by the NIC)
ue.cellularNic.phy.ueTxPower	double	26dBm
ue.cellularNic.phy.eNodeBTxPower	double	46dBm
ue.cellularNic.phy.microTxPower	double	30dBm
ue.cellularNic.phy.txDirection	string	“OMNI”
ue.cellularNic.phy.txAngle	double	0deg
ue.cellularNic.phy.binderModule	string	“binder”
ue.cellularNic.phy.channelModelModule	string	“^.channelModel[0]”	Set to “^.nrChannelModel[0]” on an NR leg, see NrNicUe
ue.cellularNic.phy.connectionControlModule	string	“^.rrc.connectionControl”
ue.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.macModule	string	“^.mac”
ue.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pdcpModule	string	“^”
ue.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.rlcModule	string	“^”
ue.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.isNrObserver	bool	false
ue.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pfmType	string	“PacketFlowObserverUe”
ue.cellularNic.dlFbGen.isNr	bool	false	True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe on the nrDlFbGen submodule)
ue.cellularNic.dlFbGen.macNodeId	int		MacNodeId of the stack leg this generator belongs to (set by the NIC)
ue.cellularNic.dlFbGen.feedbackType	string	“ALLBANDS”	Can be ALLBANDS, PREFERRED, WIDEBAND
ue.cellularNic.dlFbGen.rbAllocationType	string	“localized”	Resource allocation type (“distributed” or “localized”)
ue.cellularNic.dlFbGen.fbPeriod	int	6tti	Period for Periodic feedback in TTI
ue.cellularNic.dlFbGen.fbDelay	int	1tti	Time interval between sensing and transmission in TTI
ue.cellularNic.dlFbGen.usePeriodic	bool	true	Whether periodic feedback is used in addition to aperiodic feedback
ue.cellularNic.dlFbGen.initialTxMode	string	“SINGLE_ANTENNA_PORT0”	Initial txMode (see LteCommon.h)
ue.cellularNic.dlFbGen.binderModule	string	“binder”
ue.cellularNic.dlFbGen.phyModule	string	“^.phy”
ue.macTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“addr: %a\nvlan: %v”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.macTable ↗.agingTime	double	120s
ue.macTable ↗.forwardingTable	object	[]
ue.macTable ↗.forwardingTableFile	string	“”
ue.macTable ↗.interfaceTableModule	string
ue.unstructuredApp.source ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“created %p pk (%l)”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.unstructuredApp.source ↗.packetNameFormat	string	“%a-%c”	See directives in module documentation
ue.unstructuredApp.source ↗.packetRepresentation	string	“byteCount”	Determines the chunk of the packet data
ue.unstructuredApp.source ↗.packetProtocol	string	“unknown”
ue.unstructuredApp.source ↗.packetLength	int
ue.unstructuredApp.source ↗.packetData	int	-1
ue.unstructuredApp.source ↗.attachCreationTimeTag	bool	true
ue.unstructuredApp.source ↗.attachIdentityTag	bool	true
ue.unstructuredApp.source ↗.attachDirectionTag	bool	true
ue.unstructuredApp.source ↗.clockModule	string	“”	Relative path of a module that implements IClock; optional
ue.unstructuredApp.source ↗.initialProductionOffset	double	-1s	Initial duration before which packets are not produced. When negative, then produce packet in initialize()
ue.unstructuredApp.source ↗.productionInterval	double		Elapsed time between subsequent packets pushed to the connected packet consumer
ue.unstructuredApp.source ↗.scheduleForAbsoluteTime	bool	true	When a clock is used, “relative” means that setting the clock will not affect the simulation time of the event
ue.unstructuredApp.sink ↗.displayStringTextFormat	string	“received %p pk (%l)”	Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information
ue.unstructuredApp.sink ↗.clockModule	string	“”	Relative path of a module that implements IClock; optional
ue.unstructuredApp.sink ↗.initialConsumptionOffset	double	0s	Initial duration before which packets are not consumed
ue.unstructuredApp.sink ↗.consumptionInterval	double	0s	Elapsed time between subsequent packets allowed to be pushed by the connected packet producer, 0 means any number of packets can be pushed at the same simulation time
ue.unstructuredApp.sink ↗.scheduleForAbsoluteTime	bool	true	When a clock is used, “relative” means that setting the clock will not affect the simulation time of the event
ue.unstructuredApp.io.interfaceTableModule	string		Relative module path of the interface table
ue.unstructuredApp.io.interface	string	“cellular”	The name of the cellular NIC’s interface

Source code¶

//
// The two-cell version of ~SingleCell_withSecondaryGnb: two ~eNodeB masters,
// each paired over X2 with its own ~gNodeB secondary, and a further X2 link
// between the two masters. Both eNodeBs connect to the EPC ~PgwStandard, which
// faces a router and a server; neither gNodeB has a core-network link. numUe
// ~NrUe terminals attach, and numBgCells ~BackgroundCell cells can be added as
// interferers.
//
network MultiCell_withSecondaryGnb
{
    parameters:
        int numUe = default(1);
        int numBgCells = default(0);
        @display("i=block/network2;bgb=1100,800;bgi=background/pisa");
    submodules:
        channelControl: LteChannelControl {
            @display("p=106,62;is=s");
        }
        routingRecorder: RoutingTableRecorder {
            @display("p=106,112;is=s");
        }
        configurator: Ipv4NetworkConfigurator {
            @display("p=106,162;is=s");
        }
        binder: Binder {
            @display("p=106,212;is=s");
        }
        coreControl: CoreControl {
            @display("p=106,412;is=s");
        }
        bearerConfigurator: BearerConfigurator {
            @display("p=106,262;is=s");
        }
        carrierAggregation: CarrierAggregation {
            @display("p=106,312;is=s");
        }
        server: StandardHost {
            @display("p=273,48;is=n;i=device/server");
        }
        router: Router {
            @display("p=393,46;i=device/smallrouter");
        }
        pgw: PgwStandard {
            @display("p=530,49;is=n");
        }
        masterEnb1: eNodeB {
            @display("p=363,277;is=vl");
        }
        secondaryGnb1: gNodeB {
            @display("p=527,461;is=vl");
        }
        masterEnb2: eNodeB {
            @display("p=692,277;is=vl");
        }
        secondaryGnb2: gNodeB {
            @display("p=856,461;is=vl");
        }
        bgCell[numBgCells]: BackgroundCell {
            @display("p=1000,107;is=vl");
        }
        ue[numUe]: NrUe {
            @display("p=526,334");
        }
    connections:
        server.pppg++ <--> Eth10G <--> router.pppg++;
        router.pppg++ <--> Eth10G <--> pgw.dnPppg;
        pgw.pppg++ <--> Eth10G <--> masterEnb1.ppp;
        pgw.pppg++ <--> Eth10G <--> masterEnb2.ppp;

        //# X2 connections
        secondaryGnb1.x2++ <--> Eth10G <--> masterEnb1.x2++;
        masterEnb1.x2++ <--> Eth10G <--> masterEnb2.x2++;
        masterEnb2.x2++ <--> Eth10G <--> secondaryGnb2.x2++;
}

File: simulations/nr/networks/MultiCell_withSecondaryGnb.ned